WO2023207825A1 - Communication method and apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023207825A1
WO2023207825A1 PCT/CN2023/090002 CN2023090002W WO2023207825A1 WO 2023207825 A1 WO2023207825 A1 WO 2023207825A1 CN 2023090002 W CN2023090002 W CN 2023090002W WO 2023207825 A1 WO2023207825 A1 WO 2023207825A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
slice group
slice
cell reselection
priority
frequency point
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/090002
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
张柔佳
孙飞
陈君
孙海洋
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN202210623168.2A external-priority patent/CN116996903A/en
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023207825A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023207825A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/02Arrangements for optimising operational condition
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W48/00Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection
    • H04W48/20Selecting an access point

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to fields such as communication, and in particular, to a communication method and device.
  • Network slicing can be regarded as a logical subnet, and each network slice is isolated from each other.
  • concept of slice group has been proposed.
  • a slice group is to group and identify one or more network slices according to rules. Different slice groups can set their corresponding priorities. How the UE uses the slice group priority needs to be considered.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and device to provide a solution using slice group priority.
  • a communication method is provided.
  • the execution subject of the method may be the access layer of the terminal device, or may be a component applied in the access layer of the terminal device, such as a chip, a processor, etc.
  • the following description takes the access layer whose execution subject is the terminal device as an example.
  • the access layer UE AS of the terminal device receives first information from the non-access layer UE NAS of the terminal device, where the first information indicates the priority of the slice group.
  • the UE AS updates the frequency ranking of multiple frequency points based on the priority of the slice group.
  • the updated frequency ranking is used to perform frequency point measurement in the cell reselection process based on the slice group. and/or best plot assessment.
  • the UE AS performs the cell reselection process based on the slice group based on the updated frequency sorting.
  • This example provides a method of using the slice group priority.
  • the UE AS can select the frequency point based on the slice group priority after receiving the new slice group priority from the UE NAS.
  • the ranking is updated, and the cell reselection process is performed based on the updated frequency ranking, which can meet the ideal behavior of the UE in a timely manner.
  • the UE AS may also interrupt the ongoing cell reselection process based on the slice group. Cell reselection process. In this way, when the UE AS performs the cell reselection process based on the slice group based on the updated frequency sorting, the UE AS may continue to perform the interrupted execution based on the updated frequency sorting. The cell weight of the slice group selection process. Interrupting first and then executing can avoid invalid execution processes.
  • the UE AS interrupts the ongoing cell reselection process based on the slice group. For example, it may be that the UE AS is measuring the first frequency point but does not obtain the first frequency point. If the measurement report of the first frequency point is obtained, the UE AS stops measuring the first frequency point; or if the UE AS obtains the measurement report of the first frequency point but does not start to evaluate the best cell, the UE AS stops measuring the best cell. The best cell; or, the UE AS is evaluating the best cell, then the UE AS stops evaluating the best cell; or the UE AS has evaluated the best cell and is camping on the best cell, then the UE AS The UE AS stops camping on the best cell.
  • the UE AS determines that the timer has expired before interrupting the ongoing cell reselection process based on the slice group. Interrupting the current process after the timer times out can reserve a certain update buffer time for the process being executed to improve the continuity of UE behavior.
  • the UE AS may also receive second information, the second information indicating to interrupt the ongoing execution of the slice group-based cell reselection process. cell reselection process.
  • the UE AS may also determine a plurality of second frequencies corresponding to the updated frequency sorting. Compared with the multiple second frequency points corresponding to the frequency point sorting before the update, the multiple second frequency points include the first frequency point being measured and the sorting is located after the first frequency point. frequency point. Only when a change occurs, the currently executed cell reselection process will be interrupted. If no change occurs, the currently executed cell reselection process will not be interrupted, which can avoid discontinuity in UE behavior.
  • the UE AS may also determine the priority of the slice group indicated by the first information.
  • the priority is higher than the slice group referenced in the cell reselection process based on the slice group.
  • the higher the priority of the slice group the more the UE wants to initiate slice services belonging to this slice group.
  • try to select a high-priority slice group to perform cell reselection which can avoid the need to perform cell reselection.
  • the cell reselection was interrupted because the priority of the slice group changed.
  • a communication method is provided.
  • the execution subject of the method may be the access layer of the terminal device, or may be a component applied in the access layer of the terminal device, such as a chip, a processor, etc.
  • the following description takes the access layer whose execution subject is the terminal device as an example.
  • the access layer UE AS of the terminal device receives first information from the non-access layer UE NAS of the terminal device, where the first information indicates the priority of the slice group.
  • the UE AS updates the frequency ranking of multiple frequency points based on the priority of the slice group.
  • the updated frequency ranking is used to perform frequency point measurement in the next cell reselection process based on the slice group.
  • the UE AS performs the cell reselection process based on the slice group based on the frequency point sorting before the update. Further, in the next cell reselection process based on the slice group, the UE AS performs the cell reselection process based on the slice group based on the updated frequency point sorting.
  • This example provides a method of using slice group priority.
  • the cell reselection process based on slice group after the UE AS receives the new slice group priority from the UE NAS, it can first continue based on the frequency sorting before the update. Executing the cell reselection process can ensure the continuity of UE behavior; updating the frequency ranking based on the new slice group priority, and executing the next cell reselection process based on the updated frequency ranking can meet the ideal behavior of the UE.
  • the UE AS performs the slice group-based sorting based on the updated frequency points. Before the cell reselection process, it is also possible to determine a plurality of second frequency points corresponding to the frequency point sorting after the update. Compared with the plurality of second frequency points corresponding to the frequency point sorting before the update, the plurality of second frequency points have not changed; wherein, the plurality of second frequency points correspond to the frequency point sorting before the update.
  • the second frequency points include the first frequency point being measured and frequency points arranged after the first frequency point.
  • the UE AS may also determine the priority of the slice group indicated by the first information. It is lower than the priority of the slice group referenced in the cell reselection process based on the slice group. The higher the priority of the slice group, the more the UE wants to initiate slice services belonging to this slice group.
  • the cell reselection process try to select a high-priority slice group to perform cell reselection, which can avoid the need to perform cell reselection.
  • the cell reselection is interrupted because the priority of the slice group changes. If the updated priority is lower than the priority of the slice group being referenced, there is no need to update.
  • a communication method is provided.
  • the execution subject of the method may be the media access control layer of the terminal device, or may be a component applied in the media access control layer of the terminal device, such as a chip, a processor, etc. .
  • the following description takes the media access control layer whose execution subject is the terminal device as an example.
  • the media access control layer UE MAC of the terminal device receives the first slice group identifier, and the first slice group identifier is used to trigger the random access process based on the slice group; so The UE MAC performs the random access process based on the slice group based on the first slice group identifier.
  • the UE MAC can perform the random access process based on the new slice group identifier, which can meet the UE's ideal behavior in a timely manner.
  • the UE MAC may interrupt the slice group-based random access process being executed. random access process. Subsequently, when the UE MAC performs the random access process based on the slice group based on the first slice group identifier, the UE MAC may continue to perform the interrupted execution based on the first slice group identifier. The random access process based on slice groups. Interrupting first and then executing can avoid invalid execution processes.
  • the UE MAC when the UE MAC interrupts the random access process based on the slice group that is being executed, for example, the UE MAC completes selecting the random access channel partition RACH Partition, then the UE MAC interrupts initialization.
  • the parameters include random access priority RA-Prioritization and/or parameters corresponding to RACH Partition; or, the UE MAC initialization completes the parameters, then the UE MAC interrupts the random access RA resource selection process, the parameters Including parameters corresponding to random access priority RA-Prioritization and/or RACH Partition.
  • the UE MAC before the UE MAC interrupts the ongoing random access process based on the slice group, it may also be determined that the timer has expired. Interrupting the current process after the timer times out can reserve a certain update buffer time for the process being executed to improve the continuity of UE behavior.
  • the third information may also be received, and the third information indicates to interrupt the ongoing random access process based on the slice group.
  • parameters associated with the first slice group identifier may also be determined before the UE MAC performs the random access process based on the slice group based on the first slice group identifier.
  • the parameters include random access channel differentiation RACH Partition and /or random access priority RA-Prioritization. Only when a change occurs, the currently executed random access process will be interrupted. If no change occurs, the currently executed random access process will not be interrupted, which can avoid discontinuity in UE behavior.
  • the UE MAC performs the slice group-based Before the random access process, it may also be determined that the priority corresponding to the first slice group identifier is higher than the priority corresponding to the second slice group identifier referenced by the slice group-based random access process.
  • the higher the priority of the slice group the more the UE wants to initiate slice services belonging to this slice group.
  • the random access process by trying to select a high-priority slice group to perform random access, you can avoid performing random access.
  • the random access was interrupted because the priority of the slice group changed.
  • a communication method is provided.
  • the execution subject of the method may be the media access control layer of the terminal device, or may be a component applied in the media access control layer of the terminal device, such as a chip, a processor, etc. .
  • the following description takes the media access control layer whose execution subject is the terminal device as an example.
  • the media access control layer UE MAC of the terminal device receives the first slice group identifier, and the first slice group identifier is used to trigger the random access process based on the slice group.
  • the UE MAC executes and completes the random access process based on the slice group based on the identity of the currently referenced second slice group.
  • the UE MAC performs a slice group-based random access process based on the received identity of the first slice group.
  • the UE MAC In the random access process based on the slice group, after receiving the new slice group identifier, the UE MAC first continues to perform the random access process based on the original second slice group, which can ensure the continuity of the UE behavior; and based on the new slice group The first slice group performs the next random access process, which can meet the ideal behavior of the UE.
  • the UE MAC may also first determine the first slice group Whether the parameters associated with the identifier have changed compared with the parameters associated with the second slice group identifier referenced by the slice group-based random access process before receiving the first slice group identifier. If no change has occurred, then based on The second slice group identifier is used to execute the random access process based on the slice group.
  • the parameters include but are not limited to one or more of the following: random access channel differentiation RACH Partition, random access priority RA-Prioritization.
  • the UE MAC may first determine whether the priority corresponding to the first slice group identifier is lower than the random access based on the slice group. Enter the priority corresponding to the second slice group identifier referenced by the process; if so, execute the subsequent process.
  • the higher the priority of the slice group the more the UE wants to initiate slice services belonging to this slice group.
  • the random access process by trying to select a high-priority slice group to perform random access, you can avoid performing random access.
  • the random access is interrupted because the priority of the slice group changes. If the updated priority is lower than the priority of the slice group being referenced, there is no need to update.
  • a communication device which device has the function of implementing any of the above aspects and any possible implementation of any aspect. These functions can be implemented by hardware, or can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more functional modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • a communication device including a processor and, optionally, a memory; the processor is coupled to the memory; the memory is used to store computer programs or instructions; the processor, For executing part or all of the computer programs or instructions in the memory, when the part or all of the computer programs or instructions are executed, in a method for implementing any of the above aspects and any possible implementation of any aspect. function.
  • the device may further include a transceiver, and the transceiver is configured to send signals processed by the processor, or receive signals input to the processor.
  • the transceiver may perform transmitting actions or receiving actions in any aspect and any possible implementation of any aspect.
  • the present application provides a chip system.
  • the chip system includes one or more processors (which may also be referred to as processing circuits), and the processors are electrically coupled to a memory (which may also be referred to as a storage medium).
  • the memory may be located in the chip system, or may not be located in the chip system; the memory is used to store computer programs or instructions; the processor is used to execute part or all of the memory Computer programs or instructions, when part or all of the computer programs or instructions are executed, are used to implement the functions in any of the above aspects and any possible implementation method of any aspect.
  • the chip system may also include an input-output interface (which may also be called a communication interface).
  • the input-output interface is used to output signals processed by the processor, or to receive input to the processor. signal to the processor.
  • the input and output interface can perform sending actions or receiving actions in any aspect and any possible implementation of any aspect. Specifically, the output interface performs the sending action, and the input interface performs the receiving action.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • a computer-readable storage medium for storing a computer program, the computer program including instructions for implementing the functions of any aspect and any possible implementation of any aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium is used to store a computer program.
  • the computer program When executed by a computer, it can cause the computer to perform any of the above aspects and any possible implementation method of any aspect.
  • a computer program product includes: computer program code.
  • the computer program code When the computer program code is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute any of the above aspects and any possibility of any aspect. method in the implementation.
  • Figure 1a is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 1b is a schematic diagram of frequency point sorting update provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 1c is a schematic diagram of frequency point sorting update provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 2 Figure 3, Figure 4, Figure 5, Figure 6, Figure 7, Figure 8, Figure 9, Figure 10, Figure 11, Figure 12, and Figure 13 are respectively a schematic diagram of a communication process provided by the embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 14 is a structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 15 is a structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as satellite communication systems and traditional mobile communication systems.
  • the satellite communication system can be integrated with the traditional mobile communication system (ie, terrestrial communication system).
  • Communication systems include: wireless local area network (WLAN) communication system, wireless fidelity (WiFi) system, long term evolution (LTE) system, LTE frequency Frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (TDD), fifth generation (5G) system or new radio (NR), sixth generation (6th generation) , 6G) systems, and other future communication systems, also support communication systems integrating multiple wireless technologies. For example, they can also be applied to drones, satellite communication systems, high altitude platform (HAPS) communications, etc.
  • NTN Non-terrestrial network
  • NTN is a system that integrates terrestrial mobile communication networks.
  • a schematic diagram of a communication system architecture suitable for this application including a terminal equipment part, an access network part and a core network part.
  • the terminal equipment accesses the core network through the access network.
  • Sectors and carrier frequencies form the smallest service unit that provides terminal equipment access to access network equipment, that is, a cell.
  • a cell is an area that provides wireless communication services for terminal devices and is the basic unit of a wireless network.
  • the number of cells supported by the access network equipment is determined by "number of sectors ⁇ number of carrier frequencies per sector". For example, in a 3 ⁇ 2 configuration, the entire circular area is divided into 3 sectors for coverage, and each sector uses 2 carrier frequencies, resulting in a total of 6 cells.
  • a sector refers to a wireless coverage area covering a certain geographical area, which is a division of wireless coverage areas. Each sector uses one or more wireless carriers to complete wireless coverage, and each wireless carrier uses a certain carrier frequency.
  • a cell is a logical concept, and access network equipment, sectors, and carrier frequencies are physical concepts and are real.
  • Terminal equipment also known as user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), terminal, etc.
  • UE user equipment
  • MS mobile station
  • MT mobile terminal
  • terminal devices include handheld devices with wireless connection functions, vehicle-mounted devices, ship-mounted devices, etc.
  • terminal devices can be: mobile phones, tablets, laptops, PDAs, mobile internet devices (MID), wearable devices, virtual reality (VR) devices, augmented reality (augmented reality (AR) equipment, wireless terminals (such as sensors, etc.) in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, intelligent Wireless terminals in the power grid (smart grid), wireless terminals in transportation safety (transportation safety), wireless terminals in the smart city (smart city), or wireless terminals in the smart home (smart home), or have vehicle-to-vehicle ( Vehicle-to-Vehicle (V2V), or vehicle to everything (V2X), or vehicle-to-vehicle long-term evolution technology (long term evolution vehicle) wireless terminal with LTE-V function, etc. It can also be a subscriber unit, cellular phone, smart phone, wireless data card, personal digital assistant (PDA) computer, wireless modem, handset ), laptop computers, machine type communication (MTC) terminals, etc.
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • (Wireless) access network equipment ((R)AN) is a device that provides wireless communication functions for terminal devices.
  • (R)AN equipment is also called access network equipment.
  • RAN equipment in this application includes but is not limited to: next-generation base station (g nodeB, gNB), evolved node B (evolved node B, eNB), radio network controller (radio network) in 5G controller, RNC), node B (node B, NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (BTS), home base station (e.g., home evolved node B, or home node B, HNB), baseband unit (baseBand unit, BBU), transmission point (transmitting and receiving point, TRP), transmitting point (transmitting point, TP), mobile switching center, etc.
  • next-generation base station g nodeB, gNB
  • evolved node B evolved node B
  • eNB radio network controller
  • radio network controller radio network controller
  • RNC radio network controller
  • node B
  • the names of equipment with base station functions may be different.
  • RAN Fifth Generation
  • gNB Fifth Generation NodeB
  • eNB evolved NodeB
  • Node B Node B
  • the access management device (also known as mobility management device, mobility management network element, and access management network element) is a control plane network element provided by the operator's network and is responsible for access control and control of terminal devices accessing the operator's network. Mobility management, for example, includes mobility status management, assigning user temporary identities, authentication and user functions.
  • the access management network element may be an access and mobility management function (AMF) network element.
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • the access management network element can still be an AMF network element, or it can also have other names, which is not limited in this application.
  • network element involved in this application may be called “device”, “entity”, etc.
  • the physical network can be abstractly divided into multiple network slices. Each network slice forms an end-to-end logical network, and different network slices are logically isolated. Each network slice can flexibly provide one or more network services according to needs, and has no impact on other network slices.
  • Network slicing types include enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB), ultra-reliable and low-latency communication (URLLC), and massive internet of things (MIoT).
  • eMBB enhanced mobile broadband
  • URLLC ultra-reliable and low-latency communication
  • MIoT massive internet of things
  • eMBB enhanced mobile broadband
  • URLLC ultra-reliable and low-latency communication
  • MIoT massive internet of things
  • eMBB enhanced mobile broadband
  • URLLC ultra-reliable and low-latency communication
  • MIoT massive internet of things
  • S-NSSAI single network slice selection assistance information
  • SST slice/service type
  • SD slice differentiator
  • SST points to slice-specific characteristics and service types
  • SD as a supplement to SST, can further distinguish multiple network slice instances that meet the same SST. This information can be optional.
  • Slice group One or more network slices are grouped and identified according to rules.
  • Grouping rules can be: based on slice/service type SST, based on user access control access category (user access control access category, UAC access category) and other grouping rules.
  • a slice can only be associated with at most one slice group, and the mapping relationship of the slice group (that is, which slice or slices belong to the slice group) can be applied to both the cell reselection process and the random access process.
  • the mapping relationship of the group is valid within the tracking area (TA) and is sent to the UE by the core network (CN) through non-access stratum (NAS) signaling.
  • a slice will also be allowed to be associated with slice groups belonging to different purposes.
  • slice #1 can be associated with slice group #1 used for cell reselection, or it can be associated with both at the same time.
  • Slice group #2 for random access channel (RACH).
  • RACH random access channel
  • one slice is not allowed to be associated with multiple slice groups. For example, when slice #1 is used for cell reselection, slice #1 can only be associated with slice group #1 at most. Similarly, when slice #1 is used During RACH, slice #1 can only be associated with slice group #2 at most.
  • the cell reselection process refers to the process in which the UE selects the best cell to provide service signals by monitoring the signal quality of neighboring cells and the current cell in the idle or inactive state. Specifically, cell reselection includes the following processes:
  • the UE measures the current serving cell and neighboring cells based on the measurement start standard.
  • Neighboring cells include but are not limited to cells of the same frequency, different frequencies, and different systems.
  • the measurement start standard is: when the cell reselection priority of the neighboring cell is higher than the cell reselection priority of the current serving cell, no matter how good the signal quality of the current serving cell is, the measurement of the neighboring cell is unconditionally started; when the neighboring cell If the cell reselection priority of the current serving cell is lower than or equal to the cell reselection priority of the current serving cell, the UE can measure the signal quality of the currently serving cell and compare the signal quality of the currently serving cell with the quality standard configured by the network.
  • the UE can obtain the priority of each frequency point through broadcast or radio resource control (RRC) dedicated message to determine the cell reselection priority of each cell.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the UE then evaluates the best cell among the multiple cells that can be measured.
  • the reference basis includes but is not limited to one or more of the following: cell reselection priority (which can also be understood as frequency priority), serving cell signal quality, neighboring cell signal quality, etc.
  • the UE determines whether it can reselect (reselection can also be understood as camping on) to the best cell. For example, if the cell does not have access restrictions (for example, the operator may have some reserved cells or cells with access restrictions), etc., the best cell will be camped on. If it is impossible to camp, it can still stay in the current serving cell.
  • access restrictions for example, the operator may have some reserved cells or cells with access restrictions
  • slice information can be configured to the UE through a new system information block (SIB) or RRC release message.
  • SIB system information block
  • the slice information includes the identifier of one or more slice groups, Supports the frequency points (one or more) of each slice group and the corresponding cell reselection priority (slice group specific cell reselection priority), etc.
  • the UE When the UE needs to initiate cell reselection based on slice group due to mobility, it can be based on the priority of the slice group (slice group priority) and the frequency points supporting each slice group and the corresponding cell reselection priority in the slice information. All possible frequency points are sorted. Frequency point sorting is used for frequency point measurement and optimal cell evaluation during the cell reselection process. All possible frequency points can be understood as all frequency points that can be measured by the UE, including but not limited to: frequency points that support slice groups, frequency points that do not support slice groups, or can also be understood as configured in the slice information after reusing SIB4 The frequency points of the cell reselection priority corresponding to the slice group and the remaining unconfigured frequency points.
  • the priority of the slice group can be determined by the UE NAS and sent to the UE access stratum (AS); it can be configured by the CN to the UE through a NAS message. Specifically, the UE NAS receives the configuration and parses it. Then it is sent to the UE AS; it can also be sent by the CN to the current serving access network device, and the current serving access network device then sends it to the UE AS through the RRC release message.
  • AS UE access stratum
  • RA contention based random access
  • CBRA contention based random access
  • CFRA contention-free random access
  • RACH partitioning In order to achieve rapid identification of several features of Rel-17 (such as small data transmission (SDT), radio access network slicing (RAN slicing)), random access channel RACH partitioning (partitioning) is introduced. That is, the public RACH resources of the air interface are divided into several different partitions (Partition), and each RACH Partition is configured with a separate set of RACH resources and corresponding applicable feature combinations.
  • SDT small data transmission
  • RAN slicing radio access network slicing
  • Partitioning random access channel RACH partitioning
  • RA-prioritization During the initialization process of RA parameters, corresponding random access priorities (RA-prioritization) are configured for different RA types (such as 2-step random access or 4-step random access).
  • This random access priority is used for any uplink bandwidth part (bandwidth) of SpCell (special cell, in dual connectivity mode, it refers to the primary cell in the primary cell group or the primary and secondary cells of the secondary cell group, otherwise it refers to the primary cell) part, BWP), the random access priority parameters include but are not limited to: high priority power ramping step (power ramping step high priority) and Backoff indicator (BI) scaling factor.
  • BI Backoff indicator
  • the high priority power increase step size is used to indicate the increase step size of the transmit power during the priority random access process
  • the avoidance index scaling factor is used to control the interval between the two random access channel opportunity (RACH occasion, RO) requests of the UE. avoidance time.
  • the network side can also configure the corresponding random access priority based on the slice group to achieve early identification of specific services.
  • the UE's media access control (MAC) layer When the UE wants to initiate a specific slice group service, the UE's media access control (MAC) layer will select the appropriate random access channel partition RACH Partition based on the slice group identifier provided by the upper layer (upper layer) and random access priority RA-Prioritization to perform a random access process based on slice groups.
  • MAC media access control
  • the identity of the slice group may be changed when the following situations occur: For example, if the UE changes the type of service it wants to initiate, it will cause the slice group to change, and the change of the slice group will cause the slice group identity to change; for example, if a slice is allowed Associated to multiple slice groups (slice groups can be slice groups with different uses, or no limit on uses), then the slice service that the UE wants to initiate may correspond to multiple slice groups. When the UE NAS updates the slice group priority, it may cause The identity of the slice group changes.
  • the UE moves from the source access network device to the target access network device.
  • the network access device and the target access network device will subsequently send (for example, broadcast or RRC message sending) the slice group priority to the UE as the current access network device.
  • this application proposes a method for the target access network device to obtain the priority of the slice group.
  • a slice group can only be associated with at most one slice group, and the mapping relationship of the slice group (that is, which slice or slices belong to the slice group) can be applied to both the cell reselection process and the random access process.
  • the mapping relationship of the slice group that is, which slice or slices belong to the slice group
  • this application proposes a method of configuring the mapping relationship of the slice group to the access network device and the UE.
  • a communication flow diagram is provided, which introduces the scenario where the UE NAS generates the priority of the slice group by itself.
  • the UE AS For the UE AS that is performing cell reselection based on the slice group, when receiving the UE NAS sent When the new slice group priority is determined, the UE AS will perform the subsequent execution process.
  • This example can also be seen as a Slice Group Specific parameter update method, that is, the UE AS updates relevant parameters based on the message sent by the NAS, and then re-executes the corresponding process based on the updated Slice Group specific parameters.
  • Step 201 During the cell reselection process based on the slice group, the non-access layer UE NAS of the terminal device sends the first information to the access layer UE AS of the terminal device.
  • the access layer UE AS of the terminal device receives the first information from The first information of the non-access layer UE NAS of the terminal device, the first information indicating the priority of the slice group.
  • the first information may indicate the priority of one slice group or the priorities of multiple slice groups.
  • the priority of the slice group indicated by the first information may be different from the priority of the previously configured slice group, and the first information may be understood as being used to update the priority of the slice group.
  • the first information may indicate the priorities of the multiple slice groups; it may also indicate the priorities of a part of the multiple slice groups, then the remaining part of the slice groups
  • the priority can be the default priority (for example, the default priority is the lowest priority or the default is the highest priority), or the original priority remains unchanged.
  • the slice group indicated by the first information may be completely different or identical to the slice group referenced in the currently executing cell reselection process based on the slice group, or the same slice group or different slice groups may exist.
  • the first information indicates slice group #1, and the referenced slice group is slice group #1; for example, the first information indicates slice group #1 and slice group #2, and the referenced slice group is slice group #1; for example, The first information indicates slice group #1 and slice group #3, and the reference slice groups are slice group #1 and slice group #2.
  • the UE AS may first determine whether the priority of the slice group indicated by the first information is higher than the currently executing cell reselection process based on the slice group. The priority of the slice group referenced in; if so, perform the subsequent process.
  • an example may be to determine the first Whether the same slice group exists in the slice group indicated by the information and the reference slice group, and if so, for the same slice group (such as slice group #1), determine the slice group (such as slice group #1) indicated by the first information Whether the priority of #1) is higher than the priority of the slice group (for example, slice group #1) referenced in the currently executing slice group-based cell reselection process; another example may be to not consider the first information indication Whether the slice group and the reference slice group are the same slice group, just compare the priorities, that is, determine whether the priority indicated by the first information is higher than the priority of the reference slice group; for example, determine the priority indicated by the first information.
  • the higher the priority of the slice group the more the UE wants to initiate slice services belonging to this slice group.
  • try to select a high-priority slice group to perform cell reselection which can avoid the need to perform cell reselection.
  • the cell reselection was interrupted because the priority of the slice group changed.
  • the process of comparing priorities may be performed before the subsequent update process of the frequency point sorting of multiple frequency points by the UE AS based on the priority of the slice group. If the priority of the slice group is higher than the priority of the slice group, Based on the priority of the slice group referenced in the cell reselection process of the slice group, the frequency ranking of multiple frequencies is updated based on the priority of the slice group; if it is lower than the priority of the slice group, there is no need to update the frequency ranking based on the priority of the slice group. The priority updates the frequency ordering of multiple frequency points. For another example, this process may be performed before interrupting the subsequently-mentioned cell reselection process based on the slice group.
  • Step 202 The UE AS updates the frequency ranking of multiple frequency points based on the priority of the slice group.
  • the updated frequency ranking is used to perform frequency points in the cell reselection process based on the slice group. Measurement and/or optimal cell evaluation.
  • the best cell can also be called the highest ranked cell or the best cell.
  • Multiple frequency points can be understood as all frequency points that can be measured by the UE, including but not limited to: frequency points that support slice groups and frequency points that do not support slice groups. It can also be understood that slices are configured in the slice information after multiplexing SIB4 The cell reselection priority frequency points corresponding to the group and the remaining unconfigured frequency points.
  • slice information can be configured to the UE through a new system information block (SIB) or RRC release message.
  • SIB system information block
  • the slice information includes the identification of one or more slice groups and supports each The frequency point (one or more) of the slice group and the corresponding cell reselection priority (slice group specific cell reselection priority), etc. It can be understood that one frequency point can support one or more slice groups.
  • one or more frequency points that support a slice group with a higher priority in the slice information can be placed first, and the frequency points that support a lower priority in the slice information can be placed first.
  • One or more frequency points of the priority slice group are ranked later.
  • FIG 1b a schematic diagram of frequency point sorting and updating is provided.
  • the frequency points that support slice group #1 include F1, F2, and F3
  • the frequency points that support slice group #2 include F4, and F5
  • the frequency points that support slice group #2 include F4 and F5.
  • the frequency points of slice group #3 include F6 and F7.
  • the sorting between frequency points F1, F2 and F3 can be sorted by referring to the cell reselection priority.
  • the sorting between frequency points F4 and F5 and the sorting between F6 and F7 can be sorted by referring to the cell reselection. Sort by priority.
  • the frequency ranking can follow one or more of the following principles:
  • the higher the cell reselection priority for example, new SIB or RRC release message configuration
  • the frequency points that are configured with the cell reselection priority based on the slice group are ranked higher than the frequencies that are not configured with the cell reselection priority based on the slice group;
  • the cell reselection priority reuses the value in SIB4.
  • Step 203 The UE AS performs the cell reselection process based on the slice group based on the updated frequency sorting.
  • This example provides a method of using the slice group priority.
  • the UE AS can select the frequency point based on the slice group priority after receiving the new slice group priority from the UE NAS.
  • the ranking is updated, and the cell reselection process is performed based on the updated frequency ranking, which can meet the ideal behavior of the UE in a timely manner.
  • the cell reselection process based on the slice group may be re-executed based on the updated frequency ranking regardless of which specific process in the cell repetition process is currently performed.
  • the cell reselection process of the group (currently, the UE AS is executing the cell reselection process based on the slice group and has not completed the cell reselection process. If it is necessary to re-execute the cell reselection process based on the slice group based on the updated frequency ranking) Although the reselection process is re-executed, it can still be understood as executing this cell reselection process).
  • whether to start measurement can be re-determined based on the updated frequency ranking (for example, when the cell reselection priority of the neighboring cell is higher than the cell reselection priority of the current serving cell, start measuring the neighboring cell; when the cell reselection priority of the neighboring cell is higher
  • the updated frequency ranking for example, when the cell reselection priority of the neighboring cell is higher than the cell reselection priority of the current serving cell, start measuring the neighboring cell; when the cell reselection priority of the neighboring cell is higher
  • the neighboring cell will not be measured; if it is worse than the quality standard, the neighboring cell will be measured
  • Corresponding frequency point measurement and optimal cell evaluation for example, when the cell reselection priority of the neighboring cell is higher than the cell reselection priority of the current serving cell, start measuring the neighboring cell; when the cell reselection priority of the neighboring cell is higher
  • the priority based on the slice group is Before updating the frequency ranking of multiple frequency points; or after updating the frequency ranking of multiple frequency points based on the priority of the slice group; or before receiving the first information), the UE AS The ongoing cell reselection process based on the slice group may be interrupted first; then when the cell reselection process based on the slice group is executed subsequently, the UE AS may continue to perform the interrupted execution based on the updated frequency sorting. Cell reselection process based on slice group. Interrupting first and then executing can avoid invalid execution processes.
  • the UE AS interrupts the ongoing cell reselection process based on the slice group, including but not limited to any of the following:
  • the UE AS is measuring the first frequency point (the frequency point being measured is called the first frequency point, and the first frequency point can be one or multiple), but the measurement report of the first frequency point is not obtained, then the UE AS interrupts the measurement of the first frequency point; or,
  • the UE AS If the UE AS obtains the measurement report of the first frequency point but does not start to evaluate the best cell, the UE AS interrupts and starts to evaluate the best cell; or,
  • UE AS is evaluating the best cell, then UE AS stops evaluating the best cell; or,
  • the UE AS If the UE AS has evaluated the best cell and is camping on the best cell, the UE AS will stop camping on the best cell.
  • the UE AS Based on the updated frequency sorting, the UE AS continues to execute the interrupted cell reselection process based on the slice group, as follows:
  • the UE AS If the UE AS interrupts measuring the first frequency point, it continues to measure the first frequency point, and sorts the frequency points located after the first frequency point in the updated frequency point sorting. For example, as shown in Figure 1b, the UE AS is measuring the frequency point F7. After the UE AS interrupts the measurement of the frequency point F7, it can continue to measure the frequency point F7, and sequence F6, F5, and F4 after F7. Alternatively, if the UE AS interrupts measuring the first frequency point, it can also re-measure multiple frequency points based on the updated frequency point ordering. In one example, measurement can be started unconditionally for service frequency points (such as F4 in Figure 1b) and frequency points ranked before the service frequency points (such as F2, F3, F1, F6, and F7 in Figure 1b). Frequency points located after the service frequency point (such as F5 in Figure 1b) can determine whether to start measurement based on signal quality.
  • service frequency points such as F4 in Figure 1b
  • Frequency points located after the service frequency point (
  • the UE AS can start evaluating the best cell based on the updated frequency ranking. For example, based on the updated frequency ranking and the previously saved measurement report for each cell, the best cell can be evaluated and attempted to camp on the best cell.
  • the UE AS stops evaluating the best cell, it can re-evaluate the best cell based on the updated frequency ranking. For example, the best cell can be re-evaluated based on the updated frequency ranking and the previously saved measurement report for each cell, and an attempt can be made to camp on the re-evaluated best cell.
  • the UE AS stops camping on the best cell, it can camp on the best cell, or re-evaluate the best cell based on the updated frequency ranking and the previously saved measurement report for each cell. , and try to camp on the best cell that is re-evaluated.
  • a timer can be set to determine the time of interruption. For example, before the UE AS interrupts the ongoing cell reselection process based on the slice group, the UE AS can also determine Whether the timer times out. If the timer times out, interrupt the ongoing cell reselection process based on the slice group. Interrupting the current process after the timer times out can reserve a certain update buffer time for the process being executed to improve the continuity of UE behavior.
  • the duration value of the timer may be configured by the UE NAS (that is, the UE NAS determines the duration value and sends it to the UE AS); or, it is configured by the UE AS (that is, the UE AS determines the duration value); or, Preconfigured values (e.g. pre-specified by the protocol).
  • the timer may be started when the UE AS receives the first information; it may also be started when the UE AS determines a plurality of second frequency points corresponding to the frequency point sorting after the update, compared with the multiple second frequency points corresponding to the frequency point sorting before the update. It is started when the second frequency point changes.
  • the plurality of second frequency points include the first frequency point being measured and the frequency points arranged after the first frequency point (this process will be introduced later); it can also be the UE AS Started when the second information is received (this process will be introduced later).
  • the UE NAS may also send second information to the UE AS.
  • the UE AS receives the second information from the UE NAS; wherein the second information indicates that the interrupt is being executed. Cell reselection process based on slice group.
  • the UE AS interrupts the ongoing cell reselection process based on the slice group.
  • This second information may be called a break out indication.
  • the second information may be sent before the first information; it may also be sent after the first information; it may also be sent at the same time as the first information, for example, the first information and the second information are sent in the same message or in different messages.
  • the UE AS may also first determine a plurality of second frequency points corresponding to the frequency point sorting after the update, compared with the plurality of second frequency points corresponding to the frequency point sorting before the update. Whether the frequency point has changed; if it has changed, perform subsequent processes, such as performing subsequent cell reselection processes based on the updated frequency point sorting, or interrupting the ongoing cell reselection process based on the slice group. process.
  • the plurality of second frequency points include a first frequency point being measured or evaluated and frequency points arranged after the first frequency point.
  • the first frequency point being measured or evaluated is F7
  • the frequency points ranked after F7 include F6
  • the frequency points ranked after F7 include F6, F5, and F4, then the second frequency point changes. Only when a change occurs, the currently executed cell reselection process will be interrupted. If no change occurs, the currently executed cell reselection process will not be interrupted, which can avoid discontinuity in UE behavior.
  • Step 301 During the cell reselection process based on the slice group, the non-access layer UE NAS of the terminal device sends the first information to the access layer UE AS of the terminal device.
  • the access layer UE AS of the terminal device receives the first information from The first information of the non-access layer UE NAS of the terminal device, the first information indicating the priority of the slice group.
  • Step 302 The UE AS updates the frequency ranking of multiple frequency points based on the priority of the slice group.
  • the new frequency point ranking is used to perform frequency point measurement and/or optimal cell evaluation in the cell reselection process based on the slice group.
  • step 303 The UE AS determines that the multiple second frequency points corresponding to the frequency point sorting after the update have changed compared with the multiple second frequency points corresponding to the frequency point sorting before the update.
  • Step 304 If the UE AS determines that the timer has expired, interrupt the ongoing cell reselection process based on the slice group.
  • Step 305 The UE AS performs the cell reselection process based on the slice group based on the updated frequency sorting.
  • Step 401 During the cell reselection process based on the slice group, the non-access layer UE NAS of the terminal device sends the second information to the access layer UE AS of the terminal device.
  • the access layer UE AS of the terminal device receives the information from Second information of the non-access layer UE NAS of the terminal device, the second information indicating interrupting the ongoing cell reselection process based on the slice group.
  • Step 402 The UE AS interrupts the ongoing cell reselection process based on the slice group.
  • Step 403 The non-access layer UE NAS of the terminal device sends the first information to the access layer UE AS of the terminal device.
  • the access layer UE AS of the terminal device receives the first information from the non-access layer UE NAS of the terminal device.
  • One piece of information, the first information indicates the priority of the slice group.
  • Step 404 The UE AS updates the frequency ranking of multiple frequency points based on the priority of the slice group.
  • the updated frequency ranking is used to perform frequency points in the cell reselection process based on the slice group. Measurement and/or optimal cell evaluation.
  • Step 405 The UE AS performs the cell reselection process based on the slice group based on the updated frequency sorting.
  • FIG. 5 another communication flow diagram is provided, which introduces the scenario where the UE NAS generates the priority of the slice group by itself.
  • the UE AS For the UE AS that is performing cell reselection based on the slice group, when receiving the UE NAS When sending a new slice group priority, the UE AS will perform the subsequent execution process.
  • This example can also be seen as a Slice Group Specific parameter update method, that is, the UE AS updates relevant parameters based on the message sent by the NAS, executes this process based on the original parameters, and then executes it based on the updated Slice Group specific parameters.
  • a one-time process is, that is, the UE AS updates relevant parameters based on the message sent by the NAS, executes this process based on the original parameters, and then executes it based on the updated Slice Group specific parameters.
  • Step 501 During the cell reselection process based on the slice group, the non-access layer UE NAS of the terminal device sends the first information to the access layer UE AS of the terminal device.
  • the access layer UE AS of the terminal device receives the first information from The first information of the non-access layer UE NAS of the terminal device, the first information indicating the priority of the slice group.
  • step 501 For the process of step 501, reference can be made to the process of step 201, and details will not be repeated.
  • the UE AS may first determine whether the priority of the slice group indicated by the first information is lower than the cell reselection based on the slice group.
  • the priority of the slice group referenced in the process if so, execute the subsequent process.
  • the process of determining whether the priority of the slice group indicated by the first information is lower than the priority of the slice group referenced in the cell reselection process based on the slice group is the same as the determination of the slice indicated by the first information introduced in step 201.
  • the process of whether the priority of the group is higher than the priority of the slice group referenced in the currently executing cell reselection process based on the slice group is similar and will not be described in detail.
  • try to select a high-priority slice group to perform cell reselection which can avoid the need to perform cell reselection.
  • the cell reselection is interrupted because the priority of the slice group changes. If the updated priority is lower than the priority of the slice group being referenced, you can No need to update.
  • Step 502 The UE AS updates the frequency ranking of multiple frequency points based on the priority of the slice group.
  • the updated frequency ranking is used to perform frequency points in the next cell reselection process based on the slice group. Measurement and/or optimal cell evaluation.
  • Step 503 The UE AS executes and completes the cell reselection process based on the slice group based on the frequency point sorting before the update.
  • step 502 and step 503 are not limited.
  • step 504 In the next cell reselection process based on the slice group, the UE AS performs the cell reselection process based on the slice group based on the frequency ordering updated in step 502.
  • This example provides a method of using slice group priority.
  • the cell reselection process based on slice group after the UE AS receives the new slice group priority from the UE NAS, it can first continue based on the frequency sorting before the update. Executing the cell reselection process can ensure the continuity of UE behavior; updating the frequency ranking based on the new slice group priority, and executing the next cell reselection process based on the updated frequency ranking can meet the ideal behavior of the UE.
  • the UE AS may also determine a plurality of second frequency points corresponding to the frequency point sorting after the update before completing the cell reselection process based on the slice group (ie, step 503). Compare whether the plurality of second frequency points corresponding to the frequency point sorting before the update has changed, and if there is no change, then based on the frequency point sorting before the update, the cell reselection process based on the slice group is executed and completed; wherein, The plurality of second frequency points include the first frequency point being measured and frequency points arranged after the first frequency point. For example, as shown in Figure 1c, the first frequency point being measured or evaluated is F7. Before and after the update, the frequency points ranked after F7 include F6, and the second frequency point does not change.
  • a communication flow diagram is provided, which introduces the subsequent execution process of the UE MAC when the UE MAC that is performing slice group-based random access receives the slice group identifier updated by the upper layer.
  • This example can also be seen as a Slice Group Specific parameter update method, that is, the UE MAC updates relevant parameters based on the message sent by the upper layer, and then re-executes the corresponding process based on the updated Slice Group specific parameters.
  • Step 601 During the random access process based on the slice group, the media access control layer UE MAC of the terminal device receives the first slice group identifier, and the first slice group identifier is used to trigger the random access based on the slice group. process.
  • the upper layer of the terminal device sends the first slice group identifier to the UE MAC.
  • the UE MAC receives the first slice group identifier from the UE upper layer.
  • the UE upper layer can be any layer above the MAC layer, such as the non-access NAS layer, the radio resource control protocol RRC layer, the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer, and the wireless link Control layer (radio link control, RLC).
  • the UE MAC updates the slice group identifier used to trigger slice group-based random access to the first slice group identifier.
  • the order of this process and step 602 is not limited.
  • the slice group-based random access process currently being executed refers to The second slice group of may be different from the first slice group.
  • the UE MAC may first determine whether the priority corresponding to the first slice group identifier is higher than the random access based on the slice group. Enter the priority corresponding to the second slice group identifier referenced by the process; if so, execute the subsequent process.
  • the priority comparison process may be performed before the later-mentioned UE MAC performs the slice group-based random access process based on the first slice group identifier.
  • this process may be performed before interrupting the currently executing slice group-based random access process mentioned later.
  • the process may be performed before updating the slice group identifier used to trigger slice group-based random access to the first slice group identifier.
  • the random access process by trying to select a high-priority slice group to perform random access, you can avoid performing random access.
  • the random access was interrupted because the priority of the slice group changed.
  • Step 602 The UE MAC performs the random access process based on the slice group based on the first slice group identifier.
  • the UE MAC can select parameters associated with the first slice group identifier according to the first slice group identifier.
  • the parameters include but are not limited to one or more of the following: random access channel partition RACH Partition, random access channel partition Enter priority RA–Prioritization.
  • the UE MAC may perform random access based on the selected parameters associated with the first slice group identity. For the introduction of random access channel partition RACH Partition and random access priority RA-Prioritization, you can refer to the previous article and will not be repeated.
  • the UE MAC can perform the random access process based on the new slice group identifier, which can meet the UE's ideal behavior in a timely manner.
  • the random access process when executing the random access process based on the slice group, no matter which specific process in the random access process is currently executed, the random access process may be re-executed based on the identity of the first slice group.
  • Slice group-based random access process in the current situation, the UE MAC is executing a slice group-based random access process and has not completed this random access process. If it needs to be based on the updated identity of the first slice group, Re-execution of the random access process, although it is re-execution, can still be understood as execution of this random access process based on the slice group).
  • the random access process is reinitiated based on the updated slice group identifier (ie, the first slice group identifier).
  • the UE MAC may first interrupt all processes being executed. Describe the random access process based on slice groups.
  • the UE MAC may continue to execute the interrupted execution of the slice-based random access process based on the first slice group identifier. group random access process. Interrupting first and then executing can avoid invalid execution processes.
  • the UE MAC interrupts the ongoing slice group-based random access process, including but not limited to any of the following:
  • the parameters include but are not limited to one or more of the following: random access priority RA-Prioritization, parameters corresponding to the RACH Partition. ;or,
  • the UE MAC initialization completes parameters, then the UE MAC interrupts the random access RA resource selection process.
  • the parameters include but are not limited to one or more of the following: parameters corresponding to random access priority RA-Priroritization and RACH Partition.
  • the UE MAC continues to execute the interrupted random access process based on the slice group based on the first slice group identifier, specifically as follows:
  • the UE MAC can be reset based on the new slice group identifier (i.e., the first slice group identifier). Newly select the random access channel partition RACH Partition and initialize the parameters.
  • the UE MAC can continue the random access RA resource selection process; or, the UE MAC can reselect the random access channel partition based on the new slice group identifier (i.e., the first slice group identifier) RACH Partition, initialize parameters, and perform random access RA resource selection process.
  • the new slice group identifier i.e., the first slice group identifier
  • the UE can also re-determine the random access priority RA-Prioritization based on the updated slice group identifier, and adjust the parameters corresponding to the RACH Partition. and RA-Prioritization initialization, and subsequent random access process.
  • a timer can be set to determine the time of interruption. For example, before the UE MAC interrupts the ongoing slice group-based random access process, the UE MAC can also determine Whether the timer times out. If the timer times out, interrupt the ongoing random access process based on the slice group. Interrupting the current process after the timer times out can reserve a certain update buffer time for the process being executed to improve the continuity of UE behavior.
  • the duration value of the timer may be configured by the UE MAC (that is, the UE MAC determines the duration value); or, it is configured by the upper layer of the UE (that is, the upper layer of the UE determines the duration value and sends it to the UE MAC); or, Preconfigured values (e.g. pre-specified by the protocol).
  • the timer may be started when the UE MAC receives the first slice group identifier; it may also be started when the UE MAC determines the parameters associated with the first slice group identifier, compared with the time before receiving the first slice group identifier.
  • the slice group-based random access process is started when the parameter associated with the second slice group identifier referenced changes (this process will be introduced later). It may be started when the UE MAC receives the third information (this process will be introduced later).
  • the upper layer of the UE may also send third information to the UE MAC.
  • the UE MAC may also receive the third information from the upper layer of the UE; wherein the third information indicates that the interruption is ongoing.
  • the slice group-based random access process is performed.
  • the UE MAC interrupts the ongoing slice group-based random access process.
  • This third information may be called a break out indication.
  • the third information may be sent before the identifier of the first slice group; it may also be sent after the identifier of the first slice group; it may also be sent at the same time as the identifier of the first slice group, for example, the third information may be sent before the identifier of the first slice group.
  • the identification and third information are sent in the same message or in different messages.
  • the UE MAC may also first determine the parameters associated with the first slice group identifier, compared with before receiving the first slice group identifier Whether the parameter associated with the second slice group identifier referenced by the slice group-based random access process changes. If it changes, perform subsequent processes, such as performing subsequent steps based on the first slice group identifier. A slice group-based random access process, or interrupting the slice group-based random access process being executed. If no changes have occurred, subsequent procedures are not required.
  • the parameters include but are not limited to one or more of the following: random access channel differentiation RACH Partition, random access priority RA-Prioritization. Only when a change occurs, the currently executed random access process will be interrupted. If no change occurs, the currently executed random access process will not be interrupted, which can avoid discontinuity in UE behavior.
  • Step 701 In the random access process based on the slice group, the upper layer of the terminal device sends the first slice group identifier to the media access control layer UE MAC of the terminal device.
  • the media access control layer UE MAC of the terminal device Receive a first slice group identifier from an upper layer of the terminal device, where the first slice group identifier is used to trigger a random slice group-based machine access process.
  • Step 702 The UE MAC updates the slice group identifier used to trigger slice group-based random access to the first slice group identifier.
  • step 703 UE MAC determines the parameters associated with the first slice group identifier, and compares them with the second parameters referenced by the slice group-based random access process before receiving the first slice group identifier.
  • the parameters associated with the slice group identifier change.
  • Step 704 If the UE MAC determines that the timer has expired, interrupt the ongoing random access process based on the slice group.
  • Step 705 The UE MAC performs the random access process based on the slice group based on the first slice group identifier.
  • Step 801 In the random access process based on the slice group, the upper layer of the terminal device sends the third information to the media access control layer UE MAC of the terminal device.
  • the media access control layer UE MAC of the terminal device receives the third information from the terminal device.
  • the third information of the upper layer of the device indicates interrupting the random access process based on the slice group being executed.
  • Step 802 UE MAC interrupts the ongoing random access process based on the slice group.
  • Step 803 The upper layer of the terminal device sends the first slice group identifier to the media access control layer UE MAC of the terminal device.
  • the media access control layer UE MAC of the terminal device receives the first slice from the upper layer of the terminal device.
  • Group identifier, the first slice group identifier is used to trigger a random access process based on the slice group.
  • Step 804 The UE MAC updates the slice group identifier used to trigger slice group-based random access to the first slice group identifier.
  • Step 805 The UE MAC performs the random access process based on the slice group based on the first slice group identifier.
  • FIG. 9 another communication flow diagram is provided, which introduces the subsequent execution process of the UE MAC when the UE MAC that is performing random access based on the slice group receives the slice group identifier updated by the upper layer.
  • This example can also be seen as a Slice Group Specific parameter update method, that is, the UE MAC updates relevant parameters based on the message sent by the upper layer, executes this process based on the original parameters, and then executes the next step based on the updated Slice Group specific parameters.
  • a one-time process is, that is, the UE MAC updates relevant parameters based on the message sent by the upper layer, executes this process based on the original parameters, and then executes the next step based on the updated Slice Group specific parameters.
  • Step 901 During the random access process based on the slice group, the media access control layer UE MAC of the terminal device receives the first slice group identifier, and the first slice group identifier is used to trigger the random access based on the slice group. process.
  • step 90 For the process of step 901, reference can be made to the process of step 601, and details will not be repeated.
  • the UE MAC updates the slice group identifier used to trigger slice group-based random access to the first slice group identifier.
  • the order of this process and step 902 is not limited.
  • the second slice group referenced by the currently executing slice group-based random access process is different from the first slice group.
  • the UE MAC may first determine whether the priority corresponding to the first slice group identifier is lower than the random access based on the slice group. Enter the priority corresponding to the second slice group identifier referenced by the process; if so, execute the subsequent process.
  • the higher the priority of the slice group the more the UE wants to send During the random access process of the slice services belonging to the slice group, by trying to select a high-priority slice group to perform random access, you can avoid interruptions due to changes in the priority of the slice group during the random access process. As a result, this random access is interrupted. If the updated priority is lower than the priority of the slice group being referenced, there is no need to update.
  • Step 902 The UE MAC executes and completes the random access process based on the slice group based on the identity of the currently referenced second slice group.
  • step 903 In the next slice group-based random access process, the UE MAC performs a slice group-based random access process based on the identity of the first slice group received in step 901.
  • the parameters include but are not limited to one or more of the following: parameters corresponding to random access priority RA-Prioritization and RACH Partition.
  • the UE MAC In the random access process based on the slice group, after receiving the new slice group identifier, the UE MAC first continues to perform the random access process based on the original second slice group, which can ensure the continuity of the UE behavior; and based on the new slice group The first slice group performs the next random access process, which can meet the ideal behavior of the UE.
  • the UE MAC may also first determine the Whether the parameters associated with the first slice group identifier have changed compared with the parameters associated with the second slice group identifier referenced by the slice group-based random access process before receiving the first slice group identifier, if If there is no change, the random access process based on the slice group is performed based on the second slice group identifier.
  • the parameters include but are not limited to one or more of the following: random access channel differentiation RACH Partition, random access priority RA-Prioritization.
  • This article introduces the method for the target access network device to obtain the priority of the slice group after the UE moves from the source access network device to the target access network device. It may be that the source access network device or the core network device sends the priority of the slice group to the target access network device (the source access network device obtains the priority of the slice group from the core network), and then the target access network device The device may send the priority of the slice group to the terminal device, for example, send the priority of the slice group to the UE after the handover through an RRC release message.
  • the core network device may be an access management device (which may also be called a mobility management device, a mobility management network element, or an access management network element), and the core network device may be, for example, an AMF.
  • the following introduction takes the core network device as an AMF as an example.
  • the source access network device directly sends the slice group priority to the target access network device.
  • the source access network device sends a handover request (Handover Request) to the target access network device.
  • the target access network device receives a handover request (Handover Request) from the source access network device.
  • the handover request includes: The priority of the slice group.
  • the slice group is a slice group supported by the target access network device (usually the source access network device also supports the slice group). It is understandable that access network devices can know which slice groups each other supports. This example can be applied to XN switching scenarios.
  • the AMF sends the slice group priority to the target access network device.
  • the AMF sends a Path Switch Request Ack to the target access network device, and accordingly, the target access network device receives a Path Switch Request Ack sent from the AMF device; the path switching
  • the request confirmation includes: the priority of the slice group, which is a slice group supported by the target access network device (usually the source access network device also supports the slice group). This process usually occurs after the target access network device receives a handover request (Handover Request) from the source access network device.
  • Handover Request handover request
  • the AMF sends the slice group priority to the target access network device.
  • the source access network device sends a handover request (Handover Required) to the AMF.
  • the AMF receives a handover request (Handover Required) from the source access network device.
  • the handover requirement triggers the AMF to send a handover request to the target access network device.
  • the target access network device receives a handover request from the AMF.
  • the handover request includes: the priority of the slice group.
  • the slice group is a slice group supported by the target access network device (usually the source access network device The device will also support the slice group). This example can be applied to NG switching scenarios.
  • the source access network device sends a Retrieve UE Context Response (Retrieve UE Context Response) to the target access network device, and accordingly, the target access network device receives the Retrieve UE Context from the source access network device.
  • Response (Retrieve UE Context Response)
  • the retrieval UE context response includes: the priority of the slice group, the slice group is the slice group supported by the target access network device (usually the source access network device will also support all (described slice group). It is understandable that access network devices can know which slice groups each other supports. This example can be applied to scenarios of reconstruction, establishment, and recovery across access network devices.
  • the source access network device can send a Retrieve UE Context Request (Retrieve UE Context Request) to the target after receiving the request from the target access network device.
  • the access network device sends a response to retrieve the UE context.
  • This article introduces the method of configuring the mapping relationship of slice groups to access network equipment and UE.
  • the operation, management and maintenance (OAM) device sends to the access network device (sending can be understood as configuration) the mapping relationship between the third slice group and the slice, and the mapping relationship between the fourth slice group and the slice. relationship; the access network device then sends the mapping relationship between the third slice group and the slice, and the mapping relationship between the fourth slice group and the slice to the UE.
  • sending can be understood as configuration
  • the access network device sends the mapping relationship between the third slice group and the slice, and the mapping relationship between the fourth slice group and the slice to the UE.
  • the third slice group and the fourth slice group are used for different functions, for example, the third slice group is used for cell reselection, and the fourth slice group is used for random access.
  • the role of the slice group can be indicated by indication information, for example, when sending the mapping relationship of the slice group, the indication information can also be sent, and the indication information indicates the role of the mapping relationship of the slice group.
  • indication information may also be sent to indicate that the mapping relationship between the third slice group and the slice group is used for cell reselection; for example, when sending the mapping relationship between the fourth slice group and the slice , indication information may also be sent to indicate the mapping relationship between the fourth slice group and the slice group for random access.
  • the role of the slice group can also be stipulated by the protocol.
  • the protocol stipulates the role of certain numbered slice groups.
  • the protocol stipulates that the role of the slice group numbered 0-49 is cell reselection, and the role of the slice group numbered 50-99. for random access.
  • the mapping relationship of the third slice group is completely or partially different from the mapping relationship of the fourth slice group.
  • the third slice group has a mapping relationship with slice #1, slice #2, and slice #3.
  • the OAM device sends to the access network device (sending can be understood as configuration) the mapping relationship between the third slice group and slices used for cell reselection and the slice used for random access in the tracking area to which the access network device belongs.
  • sending can be understood as configuration
  • the access network device sends to the UE the mapping relationship between the third slice group and slices used for cell reselection in the tracking area where the UE is currently located and adjacent tracking areas, and the fourth slice group and slices used for random access. mapping relationship between them.
  • the OAM device sends (the sending can be understood as configuration) the third slice group and the switch to the access network device.
  • the access network device sends the mapping relationship between the third slice group and the slice and the mapping relationship between the fourth slice group and the slice to the core network device.
  • the core network device sends the mapping relationship between the third slice group and the slice and the mapping relationship between the fourth slice group and the slice to the UE.
  • the core network device may be an access management device (which may also be called a mobility management device, a mobility management network element, or an access management network element), and the core network device may be, for example, an AMF.
  • the following introduction takes the core network device as an AMF as an example.
  • the OAM device sends to the access network device (sending can be understood as configuration) the mapping relationship between the third slice group and slices used for cell reselection and the slice used for random access in the tracking area to which the access network device belongs.
  • the mapping relationship between the fourth slice group and the slices For example, the access network device determines the mapping relationship between the third slice group and slices used for cell reselection and the mapping relationship between the fourth slice group and slices used for random access in the tracking area to which the access network device belongs.
  • the mapping relationship is sent to AMF.
  • the AMF sends to the UE the mapping relationship between the third slice group and slices used for cell reselection in the tracking area where the UE is currently located and adjacent tracking areas, and the mapping relationship between the fourth slice group and slices used for random access. Mapping relations.
  • the OAM device sends (sending can be understood as configuration) the mapping relationship between the third slice group and the slice, and the mapping relationship between the fourth slice group and the slice to the core network device; the core network device sends the third slice group to the access network device.
  • the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice, and the mapping relationship between the fourth slice group and the slice; the access network device then sends the mapping relationship between the third slice group and the slice, and the mapping relationship between the fourth slice group and the slice to the UE.
  • the core network device may be an access management device (which may also be called a mobility management device, a mobility management network element, or an access management network element), and the core network device may be, for example, an AMF.
  • the following introduction takes the core network device as an AMF as an example.
  • the OAM sends to the AMF (sending can be understood as configuration) the mapping relationship between the third slice group and slices used for cell reselection and the slice used for random access in the tracking area to which the access network device connected to the AMF belongs.
  • sending can be understood as configuration
  • the AMF combines the mapping relationship between the third slice group and slices used for cell reselection in the tracking area to which the access network device connected to the AMF belongs, and the mapping relationship between the fourth slice group and slices used for random access.
  • the mapping relationship is sent to the access network device connected to the AMF.
  • the access network device sends to the UE the mapping relationship between the third slice group and slices used for cell reselection in the tracking area where the UE is currently located and adjacent tracking areas, and the fourth slice group and slices used for random access. mapping relationship between them.
  • the OAM device sends to the core network device (sending can be understood as configuration) the mapping relationship between the third slice group and the slice, and the mapping relationship between the fourth slice group and the slice; the core network device sends the third slice group and the mapping relationship to the UE.
  • the core network device may be an access management device (which may also be called a mobility management device, a mobility management network element, or an access management network element), and the core network device may be, for example, an AMF.
  • the following introduction takes the core network device as an AMF as an example.
  • the OAM sends to the AMF (sending can be understood as configuration) the mapping relationship between the third slice group and slices used for cell reselection and the slice used for random access in the tracking area to which the access network device connected to the AMF belongs.
  • sending can be understood as configuration
  • the AMF sends to the UE the mapping relationship between the third slice group and slices used for cell reselection in the tracking area where the UE is currently located and adjacent tracking areas, and the mapping relationship between the fourth slice group and slices used for random access. Mapping relations.
  • the AMF determines the mapping relationship between the third slice group and slices used for cell reselection and the fourth slice group and slices used for random access in the tracking area to which the access network device connected to the AMF belongs.
  • the mapping relationship between is sent to The access network equipment connected to the AMF. This process is to allow the access network equipment and the AMF to align their understanding of the slice group mapping relationship, and has nothing to do with how the UE obtains the slice group mapping relationship.
  • mapping relationship between the third slice group and the slices and the mapping relationship between the fourth slice group and the slices can be sent in the same message or in different messages.
  • the CN or the access network device can send the mapping relationships of the slice groups for different purposes to the UE respectively, so that the UE can This mapping relationship can correctly perform subsequent cell reselection or random access procedures.
  • This article introduces the method of configuring the mapping relationship of slice groups to access network equipment and UE.
  • the OAM device configures the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice for cell reselection and the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice for random access for the access network device; the access network device then sends the mapping relationship to the UE.
  • Step 101 The OAM device configures for the access network device the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for cell reselection and the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for random access in the tracking area to which the access network device belongs.
  • Step 102 The UE may send indication information to the access network device.
  • the indication information may be used to indicate one or more of the following: the UE supports cell reselection based on a slice group, the UE does not support cell reselection based on a slice group, the The UE supports random access based on slice groups, and the UE does not support random access based on slice groups.
  • This instruction information may also be called capability information.
  • the UE when it supports cell reselection and/or random access based on slice groups, it will set the identification bit of the corresponding capability to enable and send it to the access network device. Otherwise, it will set the identification bit of the corresponding capability to disable. and sent to the access network equipment.
  • the UE when it does not support a certain capability (for example, does not support slice group-based random access or does not support slice group-based cell reselection), it may not send a message that it does not support the capability to the access network device. , that is, if the UE does not send support for a certain capability, it can be considered that the UE does not support this capability.
  • the indication information is used to indicate one or more of the following: the UE needs to perform cell reselection based on the slice group, the UE needs to use the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice for cell reselection, The UE needs to perform random access based on the slice group, and the UE needs the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice for random access.
  • the UE NAS determines that cell reselection based on a slice group or a random access process based on a slice group is required, the UE NAS sends corresponding instruction information to the UE AS, and then the UE AS sends the instruction to the access network device. information.
  • Step 103 According to the instruction information sent by the UE, the access network device sends to the UE the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for cell reselection in the tracking area where the UE is currently located and adjacent tracking areas and/or for random access. The mapping relationship between the input slice group and the slice.
  • the access network device reports to The UE sends the mapping relationship between slice groups and slices used for cell reselection in the tracking area where the UE is currently located and adjacent tracking areas.
  • the access network device reports to The UE sends the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for random access in the tracking area where the UE is currently located and adjacent tracking areas.
  • the OAM device configures the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice for cell reselection and the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice for random access for the access network device.
  • the access network device sends to the core network device the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for cell reselection, and the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for random access.
  • the core network device then sends the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for cell reselection and/or the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for random access to the UE.
  • the core network device may be an access management device (which may also be called a mobility management device, a mobility management network element, or an access management network element), and the core network device may be an AMF.
  • FIG. 11 a schematic diagram of the communication process is provided. Taking the core network device as AMF as an example, the introduction includes the following steps:
  • Step 111 The OAM device configures for the access network device the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for cell reselection and the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for random access in the tracking area to which the access network device belongs.
  • Step 112 The access network device sends to the AMF the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for cell reselection, and the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for random access.
  • the access network device sends the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for cell reselection and the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for random access in the tracking area to which the access network device belongs to the AMF.
  • Step 113 The UE may send indication information to the AMF.
  • the UE can directly send the indication information to the AMF, for example, through NAS signaling; it can also be that the UE first sends the indication information to the access network device, and then the access network device network device is sent to AMF.
  • the indication information may be used to indicate one or more of the following: the UE supports cell reselection based on a slice group, the UE does not support cell reselection based on a slice group, the The UE supports random access based on slice groups, and the UE does not support random access based on slice groups.
  • This instruction information may also be called capability information.
  • the UE when it supports cell reselection and/or random access based on slice groups, it will set the flag bit of the corresponding capability to enable and send it to the access network device or AMF. Otherwise, it will set the flag bit of the corresponding capability. is disabled and sent to the access network device or AMF.
  • the UE when the UE does not support a certain capability (for example, does not support slice group-based random access or does not support slice group-based cell reselection), it may not send a message indicating that it does not support the capability to the access network device or AMF. If the UE does not support a certain capability, it can be considered that the UE does not support the capability.
  • the indication information is used to indicate one or more of the following: the UE needs to perform cell reselection based on the slice group, the UE needs to use the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice for cell reselection, The UE needs to perform random access based on the slice group, and the UE needs the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice for random access.
  • the UE NAS determines that cell reselection based on a slice group or a random access process based on a slice group is required, the UE NAS sends corresponding instruction information to the UE AS, and then the UE AS sends the instruction to the access network device. information, the access network equipment can also send the indication information to the AMF.
  • Step 114 According to the instruction information, the AMF sends to the UE the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for cell reselection in the tracking area where the UE is currently located and the adjacent tracking area and/or the slice group and slice used for random access. mapping relationship.
  • the AMF sends the required information to the UE. Describes the mapping relationship between slice groups and slices used for cell reselection in the tracking area where the UE is currently located and adjacent tracking areas.
  • the AMF sends to the UE the slice group and slice used for random access in the tracking area where the UE is currently located and the adjacent tracking area. mapping relationship.
  • the OAM device configures the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice for cell reselection and the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice for random access for the core network device.
  • the core network device sends to the access network device the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for cell reselection, and the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for random access.
  • the access network device then sends the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for cell reselection and/or the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for random access to the UE.
  • the core network device may be an access management device (which may also be called a mobility management device, a mobility management network element, or an access management network element), and the core network device may be an AMF.
  • FIG. 12 a schematic diagram of the communication process is provided. Taking the core network device as AMF as an example, the introduction includes the following steps:
  • Step 121 The OAM device configures the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for cell reselection and the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for random access for the AMF.
  • Step 122 The AMF sends the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for cell reselection and the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for random access to the access network device.
  • the AMF sends the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for cell reselection and the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for random access in the tracking area to which the access network device connected to the AMF belongs.
  • Access network equipment connected to the AMF is not limited to Wi-Fi Protected Access (WPA) and Wi-Fi Protected Access (WPA).
  • Step 123 The UE may send indication information to the access network device.
  • the indication information may be used to indicate one or more of the following: the UE supports cell reselection based on a slice group, the UE does not support cell reselection based on a slice group, the The UE supports random access based on slice groups, and the UE does not support random access based on slice groups.
  • This instruction information may also be called capability information.
  • the UE when it supports cell reselection and/or random access based on slice groups, it will set the identification bit of the corresponding capability to enable and send it to the access network device. Otherwise, it will set the identification bit of the corresponding capability to disable. and sent to the access network equipment.
  • the UE when it does not support a certain capability (for example, does not support slice group-based random access or does not support slice group-based cell reselection), it may not send a message that it does not support the capability to the access network device. , that is, if the UE does not send support for a certain capability, it can be considered that the UE does not support this capability.
  • the indication information is used to indicate one or more of the following: the UE needs to perform cell reselection based on the slice group, the UE needs to use the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice for cell reselection, The UE needs to perform random access based on the slice group, and the UE needs the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice for random access.
  • the UE NAS determines that cell reselection based on a slice group or a random access process based on a slice group is required, the UE NAS sends corresponding instruction information to the UE AS, and then the UE AS sends the instruction to the access network device. information.
  • Step 124 According to the instruction information sent by the UE, the access network device sends to the UE the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for cell reselection in the tracking area where the UE is currently located and adjacent tracking areas and/or for random access. The mapping relationship between the input slice group and the slice.
  • the access network device reports to The UE sends the mapping relationship between slice groups and slices used for cell reselection in the tracking area where the UE is currently located and adjacent tracking areas.
  • the access network device reports to The UE sends the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for random access in the tracking area where the UE is currently located and adjacent tracking areas.
  • the OAM device configures the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice for cell reselection and the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice for random access for the core network device.
  • the core network device sends to the UE the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for cell reselection and/or the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for random access.
  • the core network device may be an access management device (which may also be called a mobility management device, a mobility management network element, or an access management network element), and the core network device may be an AMF.
  • FIG. 13 a schematic diagram of the communication process is provided. Taking the core network device as AMF as an example, the introduction includes the following steps:
  • Step 131 The OAM device configures the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for cell reselection and the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for random access for the AMF.
  • step 132 The AMF sends the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for cell reselection and the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for random access to the access network device.
  • the AMF sends the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for cell reselection and the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for random access in the tracking area to which the access network device connected to the AMF belongs.
  • Access network equipment connected to the AMF This process is to allow the access network equipment and the AMF to align their understanding of the slice group mapping relationship, and has nothing to do with how the UE obtains the slice group mapping relationship.
  • Step 133 The UE may send indication information to the AMF.
  • the UE can directly send the indication information to the AMF, for example, through NAS signaling; it can also be that the UE first sends the indication information to the access network device, and then the access network device network device is sent to AMF.
  • the indication information may be used to indicate one or more of the following: the UE supports cell reselection based on a slice group, the UE does not support cell reselection based on a slice group, the The UE supports random access based on slice groups, and the UE does not support random access based on slice groups.
  • This instruction information may also be called capability information.
  • the UE when it supports cell reselection and/or random access based on slice groups, it will set the flag bit of the corresponding capability to enable and send it to the access network device or AMF. Otherwise, it will set the flag bit of the corresponding capability. is disabled and sent to the access network device or AMF.
  • the UE when the UE does not support a certain capability (for example, does not support slice group-based random access or does not support slice group-based cell reselection), it may not send a message indicating that it does not support the capability to the access network device or AMF. If the UE does not support a certain capability, it can be considered that the UE does not support the capability.
  • the indication information is used to indicate one or more of the following: the UE needs to perform cell reselection based on the slice group, the UE needs to use the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice for cell reselection, The UE needs to perform random access based on the slice group, and the UE needs the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice for random access.
  • the UE NAS determines that cell reselection based on a slice group or a random access process based on a slice group is required, the UE NAS sends corresponding instruction information to the UE AS, and then the UE AS sends the instruction to the access network device. information, the access network equipment can also send the indication information to the AMF.
  • Step 134 According to the instruction information, the AMF sends to the UE the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for cell reselection in the tracking area where the UE is currently located and the adjacent tracking area and/or the slice group and slice used for random access. mapping Tie.
  • the AMF sends the required information to the UE. Describes the mapping relationship between slice groups and slices used for cell reselection in the tracking area where the UE is currently located and adjacent tracking areas.
  • the AMF sends the UE all the information. Describes the mapping relationship between slice groups and slices used for random access in the tracking area where the UE is currently located and adjacent tracking areas.
  • the following describes the method of configuring the priority of the slice group for cell reselection to the UE.
  • the slice group used for cell reselection has slice group priority
  • the slice group used for random access does not have slice group priority.
  • the UE can determine whether a certain slice group has slice group priority. This slice group is used for cell reselection or random access.
  • the priority of the slice group configured for cell reselection and the mapping relationship between the slice group and slice configured for cell reselection can be configured in one message or in different messages.
  • OAM determines the priority of the slice group used for cell reselection, and sends the priority of the slice group used for cell reselection to the UE through the access network device or the core network device.
  • the core network device may be an access management device (which may also be called a mobility management device, a mobility management network element, or an access management network element), and the core network device may be an AMF.
  • OAM configures the priority of the slice group used for cell reselection to the access network device, and the access network device sends the priority of the slice group used for cell reselection to the UE.
  • OAM configures the priority of the slice group used for cell reselection to the access network device, and the access network device sends the priority of the slice group used for cell reselection to the core network device, and the core network device then sends the priority of the slice group used for cell reselection to the core network device.
  • the priority of the slice group used for cell reselection is sent to the UE.
  • OAM configures the priority of the slice group for cell reselection to the core network device, and the core network device sends the priority of the slice group for cell reselection to the access network device, and the access network device then sends the priority of the slice group for cell reselection to the access network device.
  • the priority of the slice group used for cell reselection is sent to the UE.
  • OAM configures the priority of the slice group used for cell reselection to the core network device, and the core network device sends the priority of the slice group used for cell reselection to the UE.
  • the access network device determines the priority of the slice group used for cell reselection, and sends the priority of the slice group used for cell reselection to the UE. For example, the access network device determines the priority of the slice group for cell reselection based on its own status (such as load conditions, carrier signal quality, etc.), and can also update the priority of the slice group for cell reselection based on a period or a specific threshold. priority. For example, the access network device directly sends the priority of the slice group used for cell reselection to the UE. For another example, the access network device sends the priority of the slice group used for cell reselection to the core network device, and then the core network device sends the priority of the slice group used for cell reselection to the UE.
  • the core network device determines the priority of the slice group used for cell reselection; the core network device directly sends the priority of the slice group used for cell reselection to the UE; or the core network device determines the priority of the slice group used for cell reselection.
  • the priority of the reselected slice group is sent to the access network device, and then the access network device sends it to the UE.
  • the core network device determines the priority of the slice group for cell reselection based on the status of the access network device (such as load conditions, carrier signal quality, etc.) and/or slice subscription information.
  • the method in the embodiment of the present application is introduced above, and the device in the embodiment of the present application will be introduced below.
  • the method and device are conceived based on the same technology. Since the principles of problem solving by the method and device are similar, the implementation of the device and method can be For mutual reference, repeated points will not be repeated.
  • Embodiments of the present application can divide the device into functional modules according to the above method examples.
  • the device can be divided into functional modules corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one module.
  • These modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software function modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic and is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods during specific implementation.
  • the device 1400 may include: a processing module 1410, optionally, a receiving module 1420a, a sending module 1420b, and a storage module 1430 .
  • the processing module 1410 can be connected to the storage module 1430, the receiving module 1420a, and the sending module 1420b respectively.
  • the storage module 1430 can also be connected to the receiving module 1420a and the sending module 1420b.
  • the above-mentioned receiving module 1420a and sending module 1420b can also be integrated together and defined as a transceiving module.
  • the device 1400 may be a UE AS, or may be a chip or functional unit applied in the UE AS.
  • the device 1400 has any functions of the UE AS in the above method.
  • the device 1400 can perform various steps performed by the UE AS in the methods of FIG. 2, FIG. 3, FIG. 4 and FIG. 5.
  • the receiving module 1420a can perform the receiving action performed by the UE AS in the above method embodiment.
  • the sending module 1420b can perform the sending action performed by the UE AS in the above method embodiment.
  • the processing module 1410 can perform other actions except sending actions and receiving actions among the actions performed by the UE AS in the above method embodiment.
  • the receiving module 1420a is configured to receive first information from the non-access layer UE NAS of the terminal device during the cell reselection process based on the slice group, where the first information indicates the priority of the slice group. level; the processing module 1410 is used to update the frequency ranking of multiple frequency points based on the priority of the slice group, and the updated frequency ranking is used to perform the cell reselection process based on the slice group frequency point measurement and/or best cell evaluation; and based on the updated frequency point sorting, perform the cell reselection process based on the slice group.
  • the processing module 1410 before executing the cell reselection process based on the slice group based on the updated frequency sorting, the processing module 1410 is also configured to interrupt the ongoing cell reselection process based on the slice group. ; When the processing module 1410 is used to perform the cell reselection process based on the slice group based on the updated frequency sorting, it is specifically used to continue to execute the interrupted execution based on the slice group based on the updated frequency sorting. Group cell reselection process.
  • the processing module 1410 is specifically configured to: when the first frequency point is being measured but a measurement report of the first frequency point is not obtained, interrupt the measurement of the first frequency point; or, obtain the first frequency point. Frequency measurement report, but the evaluation of the best cell has not started, then the evaluation of the best cell will be interrupted; or, if the best cell is being evaluated, the evaluation of the best cell will be interrupted; or, the best cell has been evaluated and is currently stationed there. If the mobile phone detects the best cell, it will stop camping on the best cell.
  • the processing module 1410 before interrupting the ongoing cell reselection process based on the slice group, is further configured to determine that the timer has expired.
  • the receiving module 1420a before interrupting the ongoing slice group-based cell reselection process, is further configured to receive second information, the second information indicating interrupting the ongoing slice-based cell reselection process. Group cell reselection process.
  • the processing module 1410 before performing the cell reselection process based on the slice group based on the updated frequency ranking, is further configured to determine a plurality of second frequencies corresponding to the updated frequency ranking. points, compared with the plurality of second frequency points corresponding to the frequency point sorting before the update, changes; wherein the plurality of second frequency points include the third frequency point being measured. A frequency point and frequency points arranged after the first frequency point.
  • the processing module 1410 before updating the frequency ordering of multiple frequency points based on the priority of the slice group, is further configured to determine the priority of the slice group indicated by the first information.
  • the priority level is higher than the priority of the slice group referenced in the cell reselection process based on the slice group.
  • the storage module 1430 can store computer execution instructions for the method executed by the UE AS, so that the processing module 1410, the receiving module 1420a and the sending module 1420b execute the method executed by the UE AS in the above example.
  • the storage module may include one or more memories, and the memories may be devices used to store programs or data in one or more devices or circuits.
  • the storage module can be a register, cache or RAM, etc., and the storage module can be integrated with the processing module.
  • the storage module can be a ROM or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, and the storage module can be independent from the processing module.
  • the transceiver module may be an input or output interface, a pin or a circuit, etc.
  • the device 1400 may be a UE MAC, or may be a chip or functional unit applied in the UE MAC.
  • the device 1400 has any functions of the UE MAC in the above method.
  • the device 1400 can perform various steps performed by the UE MAC in the methods of FIG. 6, FIG. 7, FIG. 8 and FIG. 9.
  • the receiving module 1420a can perform the receiving action performed by the UE MAC in the above method embodiment.
  • the sending module 1420b can perform the sending action performed by the UE MAC in the above method embodiment.
  • the processing module 1410 can perform other actions except sending actions and receiving actions among the actions performed by the UE MAC in the above method embodiment.
  • the storage module 1430 can store computer execution instructions for the method executed by the UE MAC, so that the processing module 1410, the receiving module 1420a and the sending module 1420b execute the method executed by the UE MAC in the above example.
  • the device 1400 may be a target access network device, or may be a chip or functional unit applied in the target access network device.
  • the device 1400 has any functions of the target access network equipment in the above method.
  • the receiving module 1420a can perform the receiving action performed by the target access network device in the above method embodiment.
  • the sending module 1420b can perform the sending action performed by the target access network device in the above method embodiment.
  • the processing module 1410 may perform other actions except sending actions and receiving actions among the actions performed by the target access network device in the above method embodiment.
  • the storage module 1430 can store computer execution instructions of the method executed by the target access network device, so that the processing module 1410, the receiving module 1420a and the sending module 1420b execute the execution of the method performed by the target access network device in the above example. Methods.
  • the storage module may include one or more memories, and the memories may be devices used to store programs or data in one or more devices or circuits.
  • the storage module can be a register, cache or RAM, etc., and the storage module can be integrated with the processing module.
  • the storage module can be a ROM or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, and the storage module can be independent from the processing module.
  • the transceiver module may be an input or output interface, a pin or a circuit, etc.
  • the device can be implemented by a general bus architecture.
  • a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1500 is provided.
  • the device 1500 may include a processor 1510 and, optionally, a transceiver 1520 and a memory 1530.
  • the transceiver 1520 can be used to receive programs or instructions and transmit them to the processor 1510, or the transceiver 1520 can be used to communicate and interact with other communication devices between the device 1500, such as interactive control signaling and/or services. Data etc.
  • the transceiver 1520 may be a code and/or data read and write transceiver, or the transceiver 1520 may be a signal transmission transceiver between a processor and a transceiver.
  • the processor 1510 and the memory 1530 are electrically coupled.
  • the device 1500 may be a UE AS, or may be a chip applied in the UE AS. It should be understood that this device has any functions of the UE AS in the above method. For example, the device 1500 can perform various steps performed by the UE AS in the above methods of Figures 2, 3, 4 and 5.
  • the memory 1530 is used to store computer programs; the processor 1510 can be used to call the computer program or instructions stored in the memory 1530 to execute the method performed by the UE AS in the above example, or through the The transceiver 1520 performs the method performed by the UE AS in the above example.
  • the device 1500 may be a UE MAC, or may be a chip applied in the UE MAC. It should be understood that the device has any functions of the UE MAC in the above method. For example, the device 1500 can perform various steps performed by the UE MAC in the methods of FIG. 6, FIG. 7, FIG. 8 and FIG. 9.
  • the memory 1530 is used to store computer programs; the processor 1510 can be used to call the computer program or instructions stored in the memory 1530 to execute the method performed by the UE MAC in the above example, or through the The transceiver 1520 performs the method performed by the UE MAC in the above example.
  • the processing module 1410 in Figure 14 can be implemented by the processor 1510.
  • the receiving module 1420a and the sending module 1420b in Figure 14 can be implemented by the transceiver 1520.
  • the transceiver 1520 is divided into a receiver and a transmitter, the receiver performs the function of the receiving module, and the transmitter performs the function of the transmitting module.
  • the storage module 1430 in Figure 14 can be implemented through the memory 1530.
  • the device can be implemented by a general-purpose processor (a general-purpose processor can also be called a chip or a chip system).
  • a general-purpose processor can also be called a chip or a chip system.
  • the general processor implemented in the device of the UE AS or the device of the UE MAC includes: a processing circuit (the processing circuit may also be called a processor); optionally, it also includes: and the processing The circuit is internally connected to an input and output interface for communication and a storage medium (the storage medium can also be called a memory).
  • the storage medium is used to store instructions executed by the processing circuit to execute the method executed by the UE AS or UE MAC in the above example.
  • the processing module 1410 in Figure 14 can be implemented by a processing circuit.
  • the receiving module 1420a and the sending module 1420b in Figure 14 can be implemented through input and output interfaces.
  • the input and output interface is divided into an input interface and an output interface.
  • the input interface performs the function of the receiving module
  • the output interface performs the function of the sending module.
  • the storage module 1430 in Figure 14 can be implemented through a storage medium.
  • the device of the embodiment of the present application can also be implemented using the following: one or more FPGAs (Field Programmable Gate Arrays), PLDs (Programmable Logic Devices), controllers, state machines, gate logic, discrete hardware components, any other suitable circuit, or any combination of circuits capable of performing the various functions described throughout this application.
  • FPGAs Field Programmable Gate Arrays
  • PLDs Programmable Logic Devices
  • controllers state machines, gate logic, discrete hardware components, any other suitable circuit, or any combination of circuits capable of performing the various functions described throughout this application.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium storing a computer program.
  • the computer program When executed by a computer, the computer can be used to execute the above communication method.
  • the computer program includes instructions for implementing the above communication method.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product, which includes: computer program code.
  • computer program product which includes: computer program code.
  • the computer program code When the computer program code is run on a computer, the computer can execute the communication method provided above.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a communication system.
  • the communication system includes: UE AS and UE NAS that execute the above communication method; or the communication system includes: UE MAC and UE upper layer that execute the above communication method.
  • the processor mentioned in the embodiments of this application may be a central processing unit (CPU), a baseband processor.
  • the baseband processor and the CPU may be integrated together or separated, or may be a network processor (network processor).
  • processor, NP network processor
  • the processor may further include a hardware chip or other general-purpose processor.
  • the above-mentioned hardware chip can be an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a programmable logic device (PLD) or a combination thereof.
  • the above-mentioned PLD can be a complex programmable logic device (CPLD), a field-programmable gate array (FPGA), a general array logic (GAL) and other programmable logic devices , discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. or any combination thereof.
  • CPLD complex programmable logic device
  • FPGA field-programmable gate array
  • GAL general array logic
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor, etc.
  • non-volatile memory may be read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically removable memory. Erase programmable read-only memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory may be Random Access Memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM Random Access Memory
  • RAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Double Data Rate SDRAM DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced SDRAM ESDRAM
  • Synchlink DRAM SLDRAM
  • Direct Rambus RAM Direct Rambus RAM
  • the transceiver mentioned in the embodiment of this application may include a separate transmitter and/or a separate receiver, or the transmitter and receiver may be integrated.
  • the transceiver can work under the instructions of the corresponding processor.
  • the transmitter can correspond to the transmitter in the physical device
  • the receiver can correspond to the receiver in the physical device.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the displayed Or the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection discussed may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, or it may be electrical, mechanical or other forms of connection.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated.
  • the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple mobile management devices. . Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the embodiments of the present application.
  • each functional unit in various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above integrated units can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional units.
  • the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially or part of the contribution, or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium and includes several The instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of this application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code. .

Abstract

The present application relates to the technical field of communications, and provides a communication method and apparatus, so as to provide a solution for using slice group priority. In a slice group-based cell reselection process, firstly, an access stratum of a terminal device UE AS receives first information from a non-access stratum of the terminal device UE NAS, the first information indicating the priority of a slice group. Then, the UE AS updates the frequency point sequence of a plurality of frequency points on the basis of the priority of the slice group, an updated frequency point sequence being used for performing frequency point measurement and/or optimal cell evaluation in the slice group-based cell reselection process. Next, the UE AS performs the slice group-based cell reselection process on the basis of the updated frequency point sequence. Thus, a method for using slice group priority is provided.

Description

一种通信方法及装置A communication method and device
相关申请的交叉引用Cross-references to related applications
本申请要求在2022年04月24日提交中国专利局、申请号为202210435762.9、申请名称为“一种通信方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中;本申请要求在2022年06月01日提交中国专利局、申请号为202210623168.2、申请名称为“一种通信方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application submitted to the China Patent Office on April 24, 2022, with application number 202210435762.9 and the application title "A communication method and device", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference; This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application filed with the China Patent Office on June 1, 2022, with application number 202210623168.2 and the application title "A communication method and device", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本申请实施例涉及通信等领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法及装置。The embodiments of the present application relate to fields such as communication, and in particular, to a communication method and device.
背景技术Background technique
随着移动通信技术的发展,各类新业务以及应用场景不断涌现,这些业务对网络功能、连接性能及安全性等方面的需求存在很大的差别。如果利用单一网络去承载这些业务,将很难同时满足高带宽、低时延、高可靠性等需求。如果为每种业务单独新建网络又会带来巨大的成本。这就要求通信网络在具备灵活、可拓展性的同时,能够满足不同的业务需求。With the development of mobile communication technology, various new services and application scenarios continue to emerge, and these services have very different requirements for network functions, connection performance, and security. If a single network is used to carry these services, it will be difficult to meet the requirements of high bandwidth, low latency, and high reliability at the same time. If you build a separate network for each service, it will bring huge costs. This requires the communication network to be flexible and scalable while also being able to meet different business needs.
为此,提出了通过端到端的网络切片(network slicing)为用户提供定制化的网络服务。网络切片(network slicing)可以看做是一个逻辑子网,各个网络切片之间相互隔离。随着技术演进,又提出了切片组的概念,切片组(slice group)即将一个或多个网络切片按照规则进行分组标识。不同的切片组可以设置其对应的优先级,UE如何使用该切片组优先级是需要考虑的。To this end, it is proposed to provide users with customized network services through end-to-end network slicing. Network slicing can be regarded as a logical subnet, and each network slice is isolated from each other. With the evolution of technology, the concept of slice group has been proposed. A slice group is to group and identify one or more network slices according to rules. Different slice groups can set their corresponding priorities. How the UE uses the slice group priority needs to be considered.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法及装置,用以提供一种使用切片组优先级的方案。Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and device to provide a solution using slice group priority.
第一方面,提供了一种通信方法,该方法的执行主体可以是终端设备的接入层,也可以是应用于终端设备的接入层中的部件,例如芯片、处理器等。下面以执行主体是终端设备的接入层为例进行描述。在基于切片组的小区重选过程中,首先,终端设备的接入层UE AS接收来自终端设备的非接入层UE NAS的第一信息,所述第一信息指示切片组的优先级。然后,所述UE AS基于所述切片组的优先级对多个频点的频点排序进行更新,更新后的频点排序用于执行所述基于切片组的小区重选过程中的频点测量和/或最佳小区评估。接下来,所述UE AS基于更新后的频点排序,执行所述基于切片组的小区重选过程。In the first aspect, a communication method is provided. The execution subject of the method may be the access layer of the terminal device, or may be a component applied in the access layer of the terminal device, such as a chip, a processor, etc. The following description takes the access layer whose execution subject is the terminal device as an example. In the cell reselection process based on the slice group, first, the access layer UE AS of the terminal device receives first information from the non-access layer UE NAS of the terminal device, where the first information indicates the priority of the slice group. Then, the UE AS updates the frequency ranking of multiple frequency points based on the priority of the slice group. The updated frequency ranking is used to perform frequency point measurement in the cell reselection process based on the slice group. and/or best plot assessment. Next, the UE AS performs the cell reselection process based on the slice group based on the updated frequency sorting.
该示例提供了使用切片组优先级的方法,在基于切片组的小区重选的过程中,UE AS在接收到来自UE NAS的新的切片组优先级后,可以基于切片组优先级对频点排序进行更新,并基于更新后的频点排序执行小区重选过程,可以及时满足UE的理想行为。This example provides a method of using the slice group priority. During the cell reselection process based on the slice group, the UE AS can select the frequency point based on the slice group priority after receiving the new slice group priority from the UE NAS. The ranking is updated, and the cell reselection process is performed based on the updated frequency ranking, which can meet the ideal behavior of the UE in a timely manner.
在一种可能的实现中,在所述UE AS基于更新后的频点排序,执行所述基于切片组的小区重选过程之前,所述UE AS还可以中断正在执行的所述基于切片组的小区重选过程。这样,后续所述UE AS基于更新后的频点排序,执行所述基于切片组的小区重选过程时,可以是所述UE AS基于更新后的频点排序,继续执行中断执行的所述基于切片组的小区重 选过程。先中断,再执行可以避免出现无效的执行过程。In a possible implementation, before the UE AS performs the cell reselection process based on the slice group based on the updated frequency sorting, the UE AS may also interrupt the ongoing cell reselection process based on the slice group. Cell reselection process. In this way, when the UE AS performs the cell reselection process based on the slice group based on the updated frequency sorting, the UE AS may continue to perform the interrupted execution based on the updated frequency sorting. The cell weight of the slice group selection process. Interrupting first and then executing can avoid invalid execution processes.
在一种可能的实现中,所述UE AS中断正在执行的所述基于切片组的小区重选过程,例如可以是所述UE AS正在测量第一频点、但未得到所述第一频点的测量报告,则所述UE AS中断测量所述第一频点;或,所述UE AS得到第一频点的测量报告、但未开始评估最佳小区,则所述UE AS中断开始评估最佳小区;或,所述UE AS正在评估最佳小区,则所述UE AS中断评估最佳小区;或,所述UE AS已评估出最佳小区,并正在驻留最佳小区,则所述UE AS中断驻留到所述最佳小区。In a possible implementation, the UE AS interrupts the ongoing cell reselection process based on the slice group. For example, it may be that the UE AS is measuring the first frequency point but does not obtain the first frequency point. If the measurement report of the first frequency point is obtained, the UE AS stops measuring the first frequency point; or if the UE AS obtains the measurement report of the first frequency point but does not start to evaluate the best cell, the UE AS stops measuring the best cell. The best cell; or, the UE AS is evaluating the best cell, then the UE AS stops evaluating the best cell; or the UE AS has evaluated the best cell and is camping on the best cell, then the UE AS The UE AS stops camping on the best cell.
在一种可能的实现中,所述UE AS确定定时器超时,才会中断正在执行的所述基于切片组的小区重选过程。在定时器超时后中断当前流程,可以为正在执行的流程预留一定的更新缓冲时间,提高UE行为的连续性。In a possible implementation, the UE AS determines that the timer has expired before interrupting the ongoing cell reselection process based on the slice group. Interrupting the current process after the timer times out can reserve a certain update buffer time for the process being executed to improve the continuity of UE behavior.
在一种可能的实现中,所述UE AS中断正在执行的所述基于切片组的小区重选过程之前,还可以接收第二信息,所述第二信息指示中断正在执行的所述基于切片组的小区重选过程。In a possible implementation, before the UE AS interrupts the ongoing slice group-based cell reselection process, it may also receive second information, the second information indicating to interrupt the ongoing execution of the slice group-based cell reselection process. cell reselection process.
在一种可能的实现中,在所述UE AS基于更新后的频点排序,执行所述基于切片组的小区重选过程之前,还可以确定更新之后的频点排序对应的多个第二频点,相较与更新之前的频点排序对应的多个第二频点发生变化;其中,所述多个第二频点包括正在测量的第一频点及排序位于所述第一频点之后的频点。只有在发生变化时才会中断当前执行的小区重选过程,不发生变化则不会中断当前执行的小区重选过程,可以避免UE行为的不连续性。In a possible implementation, before the UE AS performs the cell reselection process based on the slice group based on the updated frequency sorting, it may also determine a plurality of second frequencies corresponding to the updated frequency sorting. Compared with the multiple second frequency points corresponding to the frequency point sorting before the update, the multiple second frequency points include the first frequency point being measured and the sorting is located after the first frequency point. frequency point. Only when a change occurs, the currently executed cell reselection process will be interrupted. If no change occurs, the currently executed cell reselection process will not be interrupted, which can avoid discontinuity in UE behavior.
在一种可能的实现中,所述UE AS基于所述切片组的优先级对多个频点的频点排序进行更新之前,还可以确定所述第一信息指示的所述切片组的优先级高于所述基于切片组的小区重选过程中参考的切片组的优先级。切片组的优先级越高,表示UE越想发起属于该切片组的切片业务,在小区重选过程中,通过尽量选择高优先级的切片组来执行小区重选,可以避免在执行小区重选的过程中因为切片组的优先级发生改变而导致本次的小区重选中断。In a possible implementation, before the UE AS updates the frequency ranking of multiple frequency points based on the priority of the slice group, the UE AS may also determine the priority of the slice group indicated by the first information. The priority is higher than the slice group referenced in the cell reselection process based on the slice group. The higher the priority of the slice group, the more the UE wants to initiate slice services belonging to this slice group. During the cell reselection process, try to select a high-priority slice group to perform cell reselection, which can avoid the need to perform cell reselection. During the process, the cell reselection was interrupted because the priority of the slice group changed.
第二方面,提供了一种通信方法,该方法的执行主体可以是终端设备的接入层,也可以是应用于终端设备的接入层中的部件,例如芯片、处理器等。下面以执行主体是终端设备的接入层为例进行描述。在基于切片组的小区重选过程中,首先,终端设备的接入层UE AS接收来自终端设备的非接入层UE NAS的第一信息,所述第一信息指示切片组的优先级。然后,所述UE AS基于所述切片组的优先级对多个频点的频点排序进行更新,更新后的频点排序用于执行下一次基于切片组的小区重选过程中的频点测量和/或最佳小区评估。接下来,所述UE AS基于更新之前的频点排序执行完成所述基于切片组的小区重选过程。进一步,在下一次基于切片组的小区重选过程中,所述UE AS基于更新后的频点排序执行基于切片组的小区重选流程。In the second aspect, a communication method is provided. The execution subject of the method may be the access layer of the terminal device, or may be a component applied in the access layer of the terminal device, such as a chip, a processor, etc. The following description takes the access layer whose execution subject is the terminal device as an example. In the cell reselection process based on the slice group, first, the access layer UE AS of the terminal device receives first information from the non-access layer UE NAS of the terminal device, where the first information indicates the priority of the slice group. Then, the UE AS updates the frequency ranking of multiple frequency points based on the priority of the slice group. The updated frequency ranking is used to perform frequency point measurement in the next cell reselection process based on the slice group. and/or best plot assessment. Next, the UE AS performs the cell reselection process based on the slice group based on the frequency point sorting before the update. Further, in the next cell reselection process based on the slice group, the UE AS performs the cell reselection process based on the slice group based on the updated frequency point sorting.
该示例提供了使用切片组优先级的方法,在基于切片组的小区重选过程中,UE AS在接收到来自UE NAS的新的切片组优先级后,可以先基于更新之前的频点排序继续执行小区重选过程,可以确保UE行为的连续性;并基于新的切片组优先级更新频点排序,及基于更新之后的频点排序执行下一次小区重选过程,可以满足UE的理想行为。This example provides a method of using slice group priority. During the cell reselection process based on slice group, after the UE AS receives the new slice group priority from the UE NAS, it can first continue based on the frequency sorting before the update. Executing the cell reselection process can ensure the continuity of UE behavior; updating the frequency ranking based on the new slice group priority, and executing the next cell reselection process based on the updated frequency ranking can meet the ideal behavior of the UE.
在一种可能的实现中,在所述UE AS基于更新后的频点排序,执行所述基于切片组的 小区重选过程之前,还可以确定更新之后的频点排序对应的多个第二频点,相较与更新之前的频点排序对应的多个第二频点未发生变化;其中,所述多个第二频点包括正在测量的第一频点及排序位于所述第一频点之后的频点。In a possible implementation, the UE AS performs the slice group-based sorting based on the updated frequency points. Before the cell reselection process, it is also possible to determine a plurality of second frequency points corresponding to the frequency point sorting after the update. Compared with the plurality of second frequency points corresponding to the frequency point sorting before the update, the plurality of second frequency points have not changed; wherein, the plurality of second frequency points correspond to the frequency point sorting before the update. The second frequency points include the first frequency point being measured and frequency points arranged after the first frequency point.
在一种可能的实现中,所述UE AS基于所述切片组的优先级对多个频点的频点排序进行更新之前,还可以确定所述第一信息指示的所述切片组的优先级低于所述基于切片组的小区重选过程中参考的切片组的优先级。切片组的优先级越高,表示UE越想发起属于该切片组的切片业务,在小区重选过程中,通过尽量选择高优先级的切片组来执行小区重选,可以避免在执行小区重选的过程中因为切片组的优先级发生改变而导致本次的小区重选中断,如果更新后的优先级低于正在参考的切片组的优先级,可以没必要更新。In a possible implementation, before the UE AS updates the frequency ranking of multiple frequency points based on the priority of the slice group, the UE AS may also determine the priority of the slice group indicated by the first information. It is lower than the priority of the slice group referenced in the cell reselection process based on the slice group. The higher the priority of the slice group, the more the UE wants to initiate slice services belonging to this slice group. During the cell reselection process, try to select a high-priority slice group to perform cell reselection, which can avoid the need to perform cell reselection. During the process, the cell reselection is interrupted because the priority of the slice group changes. If the updated priority is lower than the priority of the slice group being referenced, there is no need to update.
第三方面,提供了一种通信方法,该方法的执行主体可以是终端设备的媒体接入控制层,也可以是应用于终端设备的媒体接入控制层中的部件,例如芯片、处理器等。下面以执行主体是终端设备的媒体接入控制层为例进行描述。在基于切片组的随机接入过程中,终端设备的媒体接入控制层UE MAC接收第一切片组标识,所述第一切片组标识用于触发基于切片组的随机接入过程;所述UE MAC基于所述第一切片组标识,执行所述基于切片组的随机接入过程。In the third aspect, a communication method is provided. The execution subject of the method may be the media access control layer of the terminal device, or may be a component applied in the media access control layer of the terminal device, such as a chip, a processor, etc. . The following description takes the media access control layer whose execution subject is the terminal device as an example. In the random access process based on the slice group, the media access control layer UE MAC of the terminal device receives the first slice group identifier, and the first slice group identifier is used to trigger the random access process based on the slice group; so The UE MAC performs the random access process based on the slice group based on the first slice group identifier.
在基于切片组的随机接入过程中,UE MAC在接收到新的切片组标识后,可以基于新的切片组标识执行随机接入过程,可以及时满足UE的理想行为。In the random access process based on the slice group, after receiving the new slice group identifier, the UE MAC can perform the random access process based on the new slice group identifier, which can meet the UE's ideal behavior in a timely manner.
在一种可能的实现中,在所述UE MAC基于所述第一切片组标识,执行所述基于切片组的随机接入过程之前,所述UE MAC可以中断正在执行的所述基于切片组的随机接入过程。后续,所述UE MAC基于所述第一切片组标识,执行所述基于切片组的随机接入过程时,可以是所述UE MAC基于所述第一切片组标识,继续执行中断执行的所述基于切片组的随机接入过程。先中断,再执行可以避免出现无效的执行过程。In a possible implementation, before the UE MAC performs the slice group-based random access process based on the first slice group identifier, the UE MAC may interrupt the slice group-based random access process being executed. random access process. Subsequently, when the UE MAC performs the random access process based on the slice group based on the first slice group identifier, the UE MAC may continue to perform the interrupted execution based on the first slice group identifier. The random access process based on slice groups. Interrupting first and then executing can avoid invalid execution processes.
在一种可能的实现中,所述UE MAC中断正在执行的所述基于切片组的随机接入过程时,例如所述UE MAC选择完随机接入信道分区RACH Partition,则所述UE MAC中断初始化参数,所述参数包括随机接入优先级RA-Prioritization和/或RACH Partition对应的参数;或,所述UE MAC初始化完成参数,则所述UE MAC中断随机接入RA资源选择流程,所述参数包括随机接入优先级RA-Prioritization和/或RACH Partition对应的参数。In a possible implementation, when the UE MAC interrupts the random access process based on the slice group that is being executed, for example, the UE MAC completes selecting the random access channel partition RACH Partition, then the UE MAC interrupts initialization. Parameters, the parameters include random access priority RA-Prioritization and/or parameters corresponding to RACH Partition; or, the UE MAC initialization completes the parameters, then the UE MAC interrupts the random access RA resource selection process, the parameters Including parameters corresponding to random access priority RA-Prioritization and/or RACH Partition.
在一种可能的实现中,在所述UE MAC中断正在执行的所述基于切片组的随机接入过程之前,还可以先确定定时器超时。在定时器超时后中断当前流程,可以为正在执行的流程预留一定的更新缓冲时间,提高UE行为的连续性。In a possible implementation, before the UE MAC interrupts the ongoing random access process based on the slice group, it may also be determined that the timer has expired. Interrupting the current process after the timer times out can reserve a certain update buffer time for the process being executed to improve the continuity of UE behavior.
在一种可能的实现中,所述UE MAC接收第一切片组标识之前,还可以接收第三信息,所述第三信息指示中断正在执行的所述基于切片组的随机接入过程。In a possible implementation, before the UE MAC receives the first slice group identifier, the third information may also be received, and the third information indicates to interrupt the ongoing random access process based on the slice group.
在一种可能的实现中,在所述UE MAC基于所述第一切片组标识,执行所述基于切片组的随机接入过程之前,还可以确定所述第一切片组标识关联的参数,相较与在接收所述第一切片组标识之前所述基于切片组的随机接入过程参考的第二切片组标识关联的参数发生变化,所述参数包括随机接入信道区分RACH Partition和/或随机接入优先级RA-Prioritization。只有在发生变化时才会中断当前执行的随机接入过程,不发生变化则不会中断当前执行的随机接入过程,可以避免UE行为的不连续性。In a possible implementation, before the UE MAC performs the random access process based on the slice group based on the first slice group identifier, parameters associated with the first slice group identifier may also be determined. , compared with changes in parameters associated with the second slice group identifier referenced by the slice group-based random access process before receiving the first slice group identifier, the parameters include random access channel differentiation RACH Partition and /or random access priority RA-Prioritization. Only when a change occurs, the currently executed random access process will be interrupted. If no change occurs, the currently executed random access process will not be interrupted, which can avoid discontinuity in UE behavior.
在一种可能的实现中,所述UE MAC基于所述第一切片组标识,执行所述基于切片组 的随机接入过程之前,还可以确定所述第一切片组标识对应的优先级高于所述基于切片组的随机接入过程参考的第二切片组标识对应的优先级。切片组的优先级越高,表示UE越想发起属于该切片组的切片业务,在随机接入过程中,通过尽量选择高优先级的切片组来执行随机接入,可以避免在执行随机接入的过程中因为切片组的优先级发生改变而导致本次的随机接入中断。In a possible implementation, the UE MAC performs the slice group-based Before the random access process, it may also be determined that the priority corresponding to the first slice group identifier is higher than the priority corresponding to the second slice group identifier referenced by the slice group-based random access process. The higher the priority of the slice group, the more the UE wants to initiate slice services belonging to this slice group. During the random access process, by trying to select a high-priority slice group to perform random access, you can avoid performing random access. During the process, the random access was interrupted because the priority of the slice group changed.
第四方面,提供了一种通信方法,该方法的执行主体可以是终端设备的媒体接入控制层,也可以是应用于终端设备的媒体接入控制层中的部件,例如芯片、处理器等。下面以执行主体是终端设备的媒体接入控制层为例进行描述。在基于切片组的随机接入过程中,终端设备的媒体接入控制层UE MAC接收第一切片组标识,所述第一切片组标识用于触发基于切片组的随机接入过程。然后,所述UE MAC基于当前参考的第二切片组的标识,执行完成所述基于切片组的随机接入过程。接下来,在下一次基于切片组的随机接入过程中,所述UE MAC基于接收到的第一切片组的标识执行基于切片组的随机接入流程。In the fourth aspect, a communication method is provided. The execution subject of the method may be the media access control layer of the terminal device, or may be a component applied in the media access control layer of the terminal device, such as a chip, a processor, etc. . The following description takes the media access control layer whose execution subject is the terminal device as an example. In the random access process based on the slice group, the media access control layer UE MAC of the terminal device receives the first slice group identifier, and the first slice group identifier is used to trigger the random access process based on the slice group. Then, the UE MAC executes and completes the random access process based on the slice group based on the identity of the currently referenced second slice group. Next, in the next slice group-based random access process, the UE MAC performs a slice group-based random access process based on the received identity of the first slice group.
在基于切片组的随机接入过程中,UE MAC在接收到新的切片组标识后,先基于原有的第二切片组继续执行随机接入过程,可以确保UE行为的连续性;并基于新的第一切片组执行下一次随机接入过程,可以满足UE的理想行为。In the random access process based on the slice group, after receiving the new slice group identifier, the UE MAC first continues to perform the random access process based on the original second slice group, which can ensure the continuity of the UE behavior; and based on the new slice group The first slice group performs the next random access process, which can meet the ideal behavior of the UE.
在一种可能的实现中,在所述UE MAC基于所述第二切片组标识,执行所述基于切片组的随机接入过程之前,所述UE MAC还可以先确定所述第一切片组标识关联的参数,相较与在接收所述第一切片组标识之前所述基于切片组的随机接入过程参考的第二切片组标识关联的参数是否发生变化,如果未发生变化,则基于所述第二切片组标识,执行所述基于切片组的随机接入过程。所述参数包括但不限于以下的一项或多项:随机接入信道区分RACH Partition,随机接入优先级RA-Prioritization。In a possible implementation, before the UE MAC performs the random access process based on the slice group based on the second slice group identifier, the UE MAC may also first determine the first slice group Whether the parameters associated with the identifier have changed compared with the parameters associated with the second slice group identifier referenced by the slice group-based random access process before receiving the first slice group identifier. If no change has occurred, then based on The second slice group identifier is used to execute the random access process based on the slice group. The parameters include but are not limited to one or more of the following: random access channel differentiation RACH Partition, random access priority RA-Prioritization.
在一种可选的实施方式中,UE MAC在接收到第一切片组的标识后,可以先确定所述第一切片组标识对应的优先级是否低于所述基于切片组的随机接入过程参考的第二切片组标识对应的优先级;如果是,再执行后续过程。切片组的优先级越高,表示UE越想发起属于该切片组的切片业务,在随机接入过程中,通过尽量选择高优先级的切片组来执行随机接入,可以避免在执行随机接入的过程中因为切片组的优先级发生改变而导致本次的随机接入中断,如果更新后的优先级低于正在参考的切片组的优先级,可以没必要更新。In an optional implementation, after receiving the identifier of the first slice group, the UE MAC may first determine whether the priority corresponding to the first slice group identifier is lower than the random access based on the slice group. Enter the priority corresponding to the second slice group identifier referenced by the process; if so, execute the subsequent process. The higher the priority of the slice group, the more the UE wants to initiate slice services belonging to this slice group. During the random access process, by trying to select a high-priority slice group to perform random access, you can avoid performing random access. During the process, the random access is interrupted because the priority of the slice group changes. If the updated priority is lower than the priority of the slice group being referenced, there is no need to update.
第五方面,提供了一种通信装置,所述装置具有实现上述任一方面及任一方面的任一可能的实现中的功能。这些功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的功能模块。In a fifth aspect, a communication device is provided, which device has the function of implementing any of the above aspects and any possible implementation of any aspect. These functions can be implemented by hardware, or can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more functional modules corresponding to the above functions.
第六方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括处理器,可选的,还包括存储器;所述处理器和所述存储器耦合;所述存储器,用于存储计算机程序或指令;所述处理器,用于执行所述存储器中的部分或者全部计算机程序或指令,当所述部分或者全部计算机程序或指令被执行时,用于实现上述任一方面及任一方面的任一可能的实现的方法中的功能。In a sixth aspect, a communication device is provided, including a processor and, optionally, a memory; the processor is coupled to the memory; the memory is used to store computer programs or instructions; the processor, For executing part or all of the computer programs or instructions in the memory, when the part or all of the computer programs or instructions are executed, in a method for implementing any of the above aspects and any possible implementation of any aspect. function.
在一种可能的实现中,所述装置还可以包括收发器,所述收发器,用于发送所述处理器处理后的信号,或者接收输入给所述处理器的信号。所述收发器可以执行任一方面及任一方面的任一可能的实现中的发送动作或接收动作。 In a possible implementation, the device may further include a transceiver, and the transceiver is configured to send signals processed by the processor, or receive signals input to the processor. The transceiver may perform transmitting actions or receiving actions in any aspect and any possible implementation of any aspect.
第七方面,本申请提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括一个或多个处理器(也可以称为处理电路),所述处理器与存储器(也可以称为存储介质)之间电耦合;所述存储器可以位于所述芯片系统中,也可以不位于所述芯片系统中;所述存储器,用于存储计算机程序或指令;所述处理器,用于执行所述存储器中的部分或者全部计算机程序或指令,当所述部分或者全部计算机程序或指令被执行时,用于实现上述任一方面及任一方面的任一可能的实现的方法中的功能。In a seventh aspect, the present application provides a chip system. The chip system includes one or more processors (which may also be referred to as processing circuits), and the processors are electrically coupled to a memory (which may also be referred to as a storage medium). ; The memory may be located in the chip system, or may not be located in the chip system; the memory is used to store computer programs or instructions; the processor is used to execute part or all of the memory Computer programs or instructions, when part or all of the computer programs or instructions are executed, are used to implement the functions in any of the above aspects and any possible implementation method of any aspect.
在一种可能的实现中,所述芯片系统还可以包括输入输出接口(也可以称为通信接口),所述输入输出接口,用于输出所述处理器处理后的信号,或者接收输入给所述处理器的信号。所述输入输出接口可以执行任一方面及任一方面的任一可能的实现中的发送动作或接收动作。具体的,输出接口执行发送动作,输入接口执行接收动作。In a possible implementation, the chip system may also include an input-output interface (which may also be called a communication interface). The input-output interface is used to output signals processed by the processor, or to receive input to the processor. signal to the processor. The input and output interface can perform sending actions or receiving actions in any aspect and any possible implementation of any aspect. Specifically, the output interface performs the sending action, and the input interface performs the receiving action.
在一种可能的实现中,该芯片系统,可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。In a possible implementation, the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
第八方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,用于存储计算机程序,所述计算机程序包括用于实现任一方面及任一方面的任一可能的实现中的功能的指令。In an eighth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided for storing a computer program, the computer program including instructions for implementing the functions of any aspect and any possible implementation of any aspect.
或者,一种计算机可读存储介质,用于存储计算机程序,所述计算机程序被计算机执行时,可以使得所述计算机执行上述任一方面及任一方面的任一可能的实现的方法。Alternatively, a computer-readable storage medium is used to store a computer program. When the computer program is executed by a computer, it can cause the computer to perform any of the above aspects and any possible implementation method of any aspect.
第九方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当所述计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述任一方面及任一方面的任一可能的实现中的方法。In a ninth aspect, a computer program product is provided. The computer program product includes: computer program code. When the computer program code is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute any of the above aspects and any possibility of any aspect. method in the implementation.
上述第五方面至第九方面的技术效果可以参照第一方面至第四方面中的描述,重复之处不再赘述。For the technical effects of the above fifth to ninth aspects, reference can be made to the descriptions in the first to fourth aspects, and repeated descriptions will not be repeated.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1a为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统结构示意图;Figure 1a is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图1b为本申请实施例提供的一种频点排序更新示意图;Figure 1b is a schematic diagram of frequency point sorting update provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图1c为本申请实施例提供的一种频点排序更新示意图;Figure 1c is a schematic diagram of frequency point sorting update provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2、图3、图4、图5、图6、图7、图8、图9、图10、图11、图12、图13分别为本申请实施例提供的一种通信流程示意图;Figure 2, Figure 3, Figure 4, Figure 5, Figure 6, Figure 7, Figure 8, Figure 9, Figure 10, Figure 11, Figure 12, and Figure 13 are respectively a schematic diagram of a communication process provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置结构图;Figure 14 is a structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图15为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置结构图。Figure 15 is a structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:卫星通信系统、传统的移动通信系统。其中,所述卫星通信系统可以与传统的移动通信系统(即地面通信系统)相融合。通信系统例如:无线局域网(wireless local area network,WLAN)通信系统,无线保真(wireless fidelity,WiFi)系统,长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频 分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、第五代(5th generation,5G)系统或新无线(new radio,NR),第六代(6th generation,6G)系统,以及其他未来的通信系统等,还支持多种无线技术融合的通信系统,例如,还可以应用于无人机、卫星通信系统、高空平台(high altitude platform station,HAPS)通信等非地面网络(non-terrestrial network,NTN)融合地面移动通信网络的系统。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as satellite communication systems and traditional mobile communication systems. Among them, the satellite communication system can be integrated with the traditional mobile communication system (ie, terrestrial communication system). Communication systems include: wireless local area network (WLAN) communication system, wireless fidelity (WiFi) system, long term evolution (LTE) system, LTE frequency Frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (TDD), fifth generation (5G) system or new radio (NR), sixth generation (6th generation) , 6G) systems, and other future communication systems, also support communication systems integrating multiple wireless technologies. For example, they can also be applied to drones, satellite communication systems, high altitude platform (HAPS) communications, etc. Non-terrestrial network (NTN) is a system that integrates terrestrial mobile communication networks.
为便于理解本申请实施例,接下来对本请的应用场景进行介绍,本申请实施例描述的网络架构以及业务场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定,本领域普通技术人员可知,随着新业务场景的出现,本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题,同样适用。In order to facilitate understanding of the embodiments of this application, the application scenarios of this application are introduced next. The network architecture and business scenarios described in the embodiments of this application are to more clearly explain the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application, and do not constitute a requirement for the implementation of this application. With the limitations of the technical solutions provided in the examples, those of ordinary skill in the art will know that with the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are also applicable to similar technical problems.
如图1a所示,提供了一种适用于本申请的通信系统架构示意图,包括终端设备部分、接入网部分和核心网部分,终端设备通过接入网来接入核心网。扇区和载波频点组成了提供终端设备接入接入网设备的最小服务单位,即小区。小区是为终端设备提供无线通信业务的一片区域,是无线网络的基本组成单位。接入网设备支持的小区数由“扇区数×每扇区载频数”确定。例如,在3×2配置中,整个圆形区域分为3个扇区进行覆盖、每扇区使用2个载频,共6个小区。扇区指覆盖一定地理区域的无线覆盖区,是对无线覆盖区域的划分。每个扇区使用一个或多个无线载波完成无线覆盖,每个无线载波使用某一载波频点。小区是个逻辑的概念,接入网设备、扇区、载频都是物理的概念,是真实存在的。通常,一个接入网设备对应一个小区或多个小区,载频是指接入网设备具有的可使用频率,比如N载波,N=1,3,6,12……。As shown in Figure 1a, a schematic diagram of a communication system architecture suitable for this application is provided, including a terminal equipment part, an access network part and a core network part. The terminal equipment accesses the core network through the access network. Sectors and carrier frequencies form the smallest service unit that provides terminal equipment access to access network equipment, that is, a cell. A cell is an area that provides wireless communication services for terminal devices and is the basic unit of a wireless network. The number of cells supported by the access network equipment is determined by "number of sectors × number of carrier frequencies per sector". For example, in a 3×2 configuration, the entire circular area is divided into 3 sectors for coverage, and each sector uses 2 carrier frequencies, resulting in a total of 6 cells. A sector refers to a wireless coverage area covering a certain geographical area, which is a division of wireless coverage areas. Each sector uses one or more wireless carriers to complete wireless coverage, and each wireless carrier uses a certain carrier frequency. A cell is a logical concept, and access network equipment, sectors, and carrier frequencies are physical concepts and are real. Usually, one access network device corresponds to one cell or multiple cells, and the carrier frequency refers to the usable frequency of the access network device, such as N carriers, N=1, 3, 6, 12....
为便于理解本申请实施例,以下对本申请实施例的部分用语进行解释说明,以便于本领域技术人员理解。In order to facilitate understanding of the embodiments of the present application, some terms used in the embodiments of the present application are explained below to facilitate understanding by those skilled in the art.
1)相关网元的介绍:1) Introduction to related network elements:
终端设备,又称之为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)、终端等,是一种向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备。例如,终端设备包括具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、车载设备、船载设备等。目前,终端设备可以是:手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device,MID)、可穿戴设备、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端(例如,传感器等)、无人驾驶(self-driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端,或智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端,或具有车与车(Vehicle-to-Vehicle,V2V)、或车辆外联(vehicle to everything,V2X)、或车间通信长期演进技术(long term evolution vehicle)LTE-V功能的无线终端等。还可以是用户单元(subscriber unit)、蜂窝电话(cellular phone)、智能电话(smart phone)、无线数据卡、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)电脑、无线调制解调器(modem)、手持设备(handset)、膝上型电脑(laptop computer)、机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC)终端等。Terminal equipment, also known as user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), terminal, etc., is a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to users. device of. For example, terminal devices include handheld devices with wireless connection functions, vehicle-mounted devices, ship-mounted devices, etc. Currently, terminal devices can be: mobile phones, tablets, laptops, PDAs, mobile internet devices (MID), wearable devices, virtual reality (VR) devices, augmented reality ( augmented reality (AR) equipment, wireless terminals (such as sensors, etc.) in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, intelligent Wireless terminals in the power grid (smart grid), wireless terminals in transportation safety (transportation safety), wireless terminals in the smart city (smart city), or wireless terminals in the smart home (smart home), or have vehicle-to-vehicle ( Vehicle-to-Vehicle (V2V), or vehicle to everything (V2X), or vehicle-to-vehicle long-term evolution technology (long term evolution vehicle) wireless terminal with LTE-V function, etc. It can also be a subscriber unit, cellular phone, smart phone, wireless data card, personal digital assistant (PDA) computer, wireless modem, handset ), laptop computers, machine type communication (MTC) terminals, etc.
(无线)接入网络设备((R)AN),是一种为终端设备提供无线通信功能的设备,(R)AN设备也称为接入网设备。本申请中的RAN设备包括但不限于:5G中的下一代基站(g nodeB,gNB)、演进型节点B(evolved node B,eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network  controller,RNC)、节点B(node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved nodeB,或home node B,HNB)、基带单元(baseBand unit,BBU)、传输点(transmitting and receiving point,TRP)、发射点(transmitting point,TP)、移动交换中心等。在采用不同的无线接入技术的系统中,具备基站功能的设备的名称可能会有所不同,例如,在第五代(5th generation,5G)系统中,称为RAN或者gNB(5G NodeB);在LTE系统中,称为演进的节点B(evolved NodeB,eNB或者eNodeB);在第三代(3rd generation,3G)系统中,称为节点B(Node B)等。(Wireless) access network equipment ((R)AN) is a device that provides wireless communication functions for terminal devices. (R)AN equipment is also called access network equipment. RAN equipment in this application includes but is not limited to: next-generation base station (g nodeB, gNB), evolved node B (evolved node B, eNB), radio network controller (radio network) in 5G controller, RNC), node B (node B, NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (BTS), home base station (e.g., home evolved node B, or home node B, HNB), baseband unit (baseBand unit, BBU), transmission point (transmitting and receiving point, TRP), transmitting point (transmitting point, TP), mobile switching center, etc. In systems using different wireless access technologies, the names of equipment with base station functions may be different. For example, in the fifth generation (5G) system, it is called RAN or gNB (5G NodeB); In the LTE system, it is called evolved NodeB (eNB or eNodeB); in the third generation (3rd generation, 3G) system, it is called Node B (Node B), etc.
接入管理设备(也可以称为移动管理设备、移动管理网元、接入管理网元),是由运营商网络提供的控制面网元,负责终端设备接入运营商网络的接入控制和移动性管理,例如包括移动状态管理,分配用户临时身份标识,认证和用户等功能。在5G通信系统中,该接入管理网元可以是接入与移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)网元。在未来通信系统中,接入管理网元仍可以是AMF网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。The access management device (also known as mobility management device, mobility management network element, and access management network element) is a control plane network element provided by the operator's network and is responsible for access control and control of terminal devices accessing the operator's network. Mobility management, for example, includes mobility status management, assigning user temporary identities, authentication and user functions. In the 5G communication system, the access management network element may be an access and mobility management function (AMF) network element. In future communication systems, the access management network element can still be an AMF network element, or it can also have other names, which is not limited in this application.
另外,本申请涉及的“网元”可以称为“设备”、或“实体”等。In addition, the "network element" involved in this application may be called "device", "entity", etc.
2)切片和切片组(slice group):2) Slices and slice groups:
物理网络可以被抽象划分成多个网络切片(network slice),每个网络切片构成一个端到端的逻辑网络,不同网络切片之间在逻辑上是隔离的。每个网络切片可以按照需求,灵活地提供一种或多种网络服务,并且和其它网络切片互不影响。The physical network can be abstractly divided into multiple network slices. Each network slice forms an end-to-end logical network, and different network slices are logically isolated. Each network slice can flexibly provide one or more network services according to needs, and has no impact on other network slices.
网络切片类型例如增强的移动宽带(enhanced mobile broadband,eMBB)、超低时延超高可靠性通信(ultra-reliable and low-latency communication,URLLC)和海量物联网(massive internet of things,MIoT)。通常情况下,不同的网络切片的性能要求不同,如增强实现(augmented reality,AR)业务或虚拟实现(virtual reality,VR)业务的网络切片要求大带宽、低时延;物联网(internet of things,IOT)业务的网络切片要求支持海量终端接入,但带宽小且对时延无要求。考虑到各种网络切片的性能要求不同,不同的网络切片往往会由不同的频点支持,一个网络切片可以关联一个或多个接入网设备/小区,一个接入网设备/小区也可以关联一个或多个网络切片。Network slicing types include enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB), ultra-reliable and low-latency communication (URLLC), and massive internet of things (MIoT). Normally, different network slices have different performance requirements. For example, network slices for augmented reality (AR) services or virtual reality (VR) services require large bandwidth and low latency; the Internet of Things (internet of things) , IoT) service network slicing is required to support massive terminal access, but the bandwidth is small and there is no requirement for delay. Considering that various network slices have different performance requirements, different network slices are often supported by different frequencies. One network slice can be associated with one or more access network devices/cells, and one access network device/cell can also be associated with One or more network slices.
不同逻辑子网可以由“单网络切片选择辅助信息”(single network slice selection assistance information,S-NSSAI)来标识和区分。每个S-NSSAI可以包括但不限于以下一项或多项信息:切片/服务类型(slice/service type,SST),切片区分项(Slice differentiator,SD)。SST指向切片特定的特征和业务类型;SD作为SST的补充,可进一步区分满足相同SST的多个网络切片实例,该信息可以是可选的。Different logical subnets can be identified and distinguished by "single network slice selection assistance information" (S-NSSAI). Each S-NSSAI may include but is not limited to one or more of the following information: slice/service type (SST), slice differentiator (SD). SST points to slice-specific characteristics and service types; SD, as a supplement to SST, can further distinguish multiple network slice instances that meet the same SST. This information can be optional.
切片组(slice group):即将一个或多个网络切片按照规则进行分组标识。分组的规则可以是:基于切片/服务类型SST、基于用户访问控制接入类别(user access control access category,UAC access category)和其他分组规则。Slice group: One or more network slices are grouped and identified according to rules. Grouping rules can be: based on slice/service type SST, based on user access control access category (user access control access category, UAC access category) and other grouping rules.
另外,在目前的技术中,一个切片最多仅可关联至一个切片组,切片组的映射关系(即哪个或哪些切片属于该切片组)可以同时适用于小区重选过程和随机接入过程,切片组的映射关系在跟踪区(tracking area,TA)内有效,由核心网(core network,CN)通过非接入层(non-access stratum,NAS)信令发送给UE。后续,也会允许一个切片关联到属于不同用途的切片组,比如切片#1既可以关联到用于小区重选的切片组#1,也可以同时关联到 用于随机接入信道(random access channel,RACH)的切片组#2。但是对于同一用途,一个切片不允许关联到多个切片组,比如,当切片#1用于小区重选时,切片#1最多仅能与切片组#1关联,同理,当切片#1用于RACH时,切片#1最多仅能与切片组#2关联。In addition, in the current technology, a slice can only be associated with at most one slice group, and the mapping relationship of the slice group (that is, which slice or slices belong to the slice group) can be applied to both the cell reselection process and the random access process. The mapping relationship of the group is valid within the tracking area (TA) and is sent to the UE by the core network (CN) through non-access stratum (NAS) signaling. In the future, a slice will also be allowed to be associated with slice groups belonging to different purposes. For example, slice #1 can be associated with slice group #1 used for cell reselection, or it can be associated with both at the same time. Slice group #2 for random access channel (RACH). However, for the same purpose, one slice is not allowed to be associated with multiple slice groups. For example, when slice #1 is used for cell reselection, slice #1 can only be associated with slice group #1 at most. Similarly, when slice #1 is used During RACH, slice #1 can only be associated with slice group #2 at most.
3)目前技术中的小区重选过程、及基于切片组的小区重选过程:3) The cell reselection process in current technology and the cell reselection process based on slice groups:
小区重选过程指UE在空闲态(idle)或非激活态(inactive)通过监测邻区和当前小区的信号质量,以选择一个最佳小区提供服务信号的过程。具体的,小区重选包括以下过程:The cell reselection process refers to the process in which the UE selects the best cell to provide service signals by monitoring the signal quality of neighboring cells and the current cell in the idle or inactive state. Specifically, cell reselection includes the following processes:
首先,UE基于测量启动标准,测量当前服务小区和邻区,邻区包括但不限于同频、异频、异系统的小区。例如,测量启动标准为:当邻区的小区重选优先级比当前服务小区的小区重选优先级高时,不管当前服务小区的信号质量有多好,都无条件启动测量邻区;当邻区的小区重选优先级低于或等于当前服务小区的小区重选优先级,UE可以测量当前服务的小区的信号质量,并将当前服务的小区的信号质量与网络配置的质量标准进行比较,如果当前服务的小区的信号质量比质量标准好,则不测量邻区,如果比质量标准差,则测量邻区。UE可以通过广播或者无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)专用消息获取各个频点的优先级,以确定各个小区的小区重选优先级。First, the UE measures the current serving cell and neighboring cells based on the measurement start standard. Neighboring cells include but are not limited to cells of the same frequency, different frequencies, and different systems. For example, the measurement start standard is: when the cell reselection priority of the neighboring cell is higher than the cell reselection priority of the current serving cell, no matter how good the signal quality of the current serving cell is, the measurement of the neighboring cell is unconditionally started; when the neighboring cell If the cell reselection priority of the current serving cell is lower than or equal to the cell reselection priority of the current serving cell, the UE can measure the signal quality of the currently serving cell and compare the signal quality of the currently serving cell with the quality standard configured by the network. If If the signal quality of the currently serving cell is better than the quality standard, the neighboring cells will not be measured. If it is worse than the quality standard, the neighboring cells will be measured. The UE can obtain the priority of each frequency point through broadcast or radio resource control (RRC) dedicated message to determine the cell reselection priority of each cell.
然后,UE在能够测量到的多个小区中评估最佳小区。参考依据包括但不限于以下的一项或多项:小区重选优先级(也可以理解为频点优先级)、服务小区信号质量、邻区信号质量等。The UE then evaluates the best cell among the multiple cells that can be measured. The reference basis includes but is not limited to one or more of the following: cell reselection priority (which can also be understood as frequency priority), serving cell signal quality, neighboring cell signal quality, etc.
接下来,UE评估出最佳小区后,确定能否重选(重选也可以理解为驻留)到该最佳小区上。例如,若该小区无接入受限(比如运营商可能有一些预留小区或者对接入有限制的小区)等,则驻留该最佳小区。若无法驻留,则可以仍然停留在当前服务小区。Next, after the UE evaluates the best cell, it determines whether it can reselect (reselection can also be understood as camping on) to the best cell. For example, if the cell does not have access restrictions (for example, the operator may have some reserved cells or cells with access restrictions), etc., the best cell will be camped on. If it is impossible to camp, it can still stay in the current serving cell.
基于切片组的小区重选:Cell reselection based on slice group:
在基于切片组的小区重选中,可以通过一个新的系统信息块(system information block,SIB)或RRC释放(release)消息向UE配置切片信息,该切片信息包括一个或多个切片组的标识、支持每个切片组的频点(一个或多个)及对应的小区重选优先级(slice group specific cell reselection priority)等。In cell reselection based on slice groups, slice information can be configured to the UE through a new system information block (SIB) or RRC release message. The slice information includes the identifier of one or more slice groups, Supports the frequency points (one or more) of each slice group and the corresponding cell reselection priority (slice group specific cell reselection priority), etc.
当UE由于移动性,需要发起基于切片组的小区重选时,可以基于切片组的优先级(slice group priority)和切片信息中的支持每个切片组的频点及对应的小区重选优先级对所有可能的频点进行排序,频点排序用于小区重选过程中的频点测量与最佳小区评估。所有可能的频点可以理解为UE能够测量到的所有频点,包括但不限于:支持切片组的频点,不支持切片组的频点,也可以理解为复用SIB4后切片信息中配置了切片组对应的小区重选优先级的频点和剩余未被配置的频点。When the UE needs to initiate cell reselection based on slice group due to mobility, it can be based on the priority of the slice group (slice group priority) and the frequency points supporting each slice group and the corresponding cell reselection priority in the slice information. All possible frequency points are sorted. Frequency point sorting is used for frequency point measurement and optimal cell evaluation during the cell reselection process. All possible frequency points can be understood as all frequency points that can be measured by the UE, including but not limited to: frequency points that support slice groups, frequency points that do not support slice groups, or can also be understood as configured in the slice information after reusing SIB4 The frequency points of the cell reselection priority corresponding to the slice group and the remaining unconfigured frequency points.
该切片组的优先级可以是UE NAS决定并发送给UE接入层(access stratum,AS)的;可以是由CN通过NAS消息配置给UE的,具体的,UE NAS接收到该配置,解析后再发送给UE AS;还可以是由CN发送给当前服务接入网设备,当前服务接入网设备再通过RRC释放消息发送给UE AS的。The priority of the slice group can be determined by the UE NAS and sent to the UE access stratum (AS); it can be configured by the CN to the UE through a NAS message. Specifically, the UE NAS receives the configuration and parses it. Then it is sent to the UE AS; it can also be sent by the CN to the current serving access network device, and the current serving access network device then sends it to the UE AS through the RRC release message.
4)目前技术中的随机接入(random access,RA)及基于切片组的随机接入:4) Random access (RA) and slice group-based random access in current technology:
UE和接入网设备通过RA进程建立无线链路,实现上行同步,在RA成功完成之后,两者才能进行正常的数据互操作。RA分为基于竞争的随机接入(contention based random  access,CBRA)和基于非竞争的随机接入(contention-free random access,CFRA)。The UE and the access network equipment establish a wireless link through the RA process to achieve uplink synchronization. After the RA is successfully completed, the two can perform normal data interoperation. RA is divided into contention based random access (contention based random access) access (CBRA) and contention-free random access (CFRA).
基于切片组的随机接入:Random access based on slice groups:
为了能够实现对于Rel-17的几个特征feature(例如小数据传输(small data transmit,SDT)、无线接入网切片(RAN slicing))的快速识别,引入随机接入信道RACH划分(partitioning),即将空口的公共RACH资源划分为几个不同的分区(Partition),每个RACH Partition单独配置一套RACH资源及对应适用的特征组合(feature combination)。In order to achieve rapid identification of several features of Rel-17 (such as small data transmission (SDT), radio access network slicing (RAN slicing)), random access channel RACH partitioning (partitioning) is introduced. That is, the public RACH resources of the air interface are divided into several different partitions (Partition), and each RACH Partition is configured with a separate set of RACH resources and corresponding applicable feature combinations.
在RA参数的初始化过程中,针对不同RA类型(例如2步随机接入或4步随机接入)配置对应的随机接入优先级(RA-prioritization)。该随机接入优先级用于在SpCell(special cell,在双连接模式下指主小区组中的主小区或者辅小区组的主辅小区,否则指的是主小区)的任何上行带宽部分(bandwidth part,BWP)上申请特定接入标识(例如,业务类型)的优先随机接入过程,该随机接入优先级参数包含但不限于:高优先级功率抬升步长(power ramping step high priority)和避让指标(backoff indicator,BI)缩放因子(scaling factor)。其中,高优先级功率抬升步长用于指示优先随机接入过程中发射功率的抬升步长,避让指标缩放因子用于控制UE在两次随机接入信道时机(RACH occasion,RO)请求中间相隔的避让时间。同理,对于特定的切片组业务,网络侧也可以基于切片组配置对应的随机接入优先级,实现对特定业务的提前识别。During the initialization process of RA parameters, corresponding random access priorities (RA-prioritization) are configured for different RA types (such as 2-step random access or 4-step random access). This random access priority is used for any uplink bandwidth part (bandwidth) of SpCell (special cell, in dual connectivity mode, it refers to the primary cell in the primary cell group or the primary and secondary cells of the secondary cell group, otherwise it refers to the primary cell) part, BWP), the random access priority parameters include but are not limited to: high priority power ramping step (power ramping step high priority) and Backoff indicator (BI) scaling factor. Among them, the high priority power increase step size is used to indicate the increase step size of the transmit power during the priority random access process, and the avoidance index scaling factor is used to control the interval between the two random access channel opportunity (RACH occasion, RO) requests of the UE. avoidance time. Similarly, for specific slice group services, the network side can also configure the corresponding random access priority based on the slice group to achieve early identification of specific services.
当UE想要发起特定的切片组业务时,UE的媒体接入控制层(media access control,MAC)层会根据上层(upper layer)提供的切片组标识,选择合适的随机接入信道分区RACH Partition和随机接入优先级RA-Prioritization,进行基于切片组的随机接入过程。When the UE wants to initiate a specific slice group service, the UE's media access control (MAC) layer will select the appropriate random access channel partition RACH Partition based on the slice group identifier provided by the upper layer (upper layer) and random access priority RA-Prioritization to perform a random access process based on slice groups.
当出现以下情况时,可能会改变切片组的标识:例如,UE改变了想要发起的业务类型改变,会导致切片组改变,切片组改变会导致了切片组标识变化;例如,如果允许一个切片关联到多个切片组(可以是不同用途的切片组,也可以不限制用途),那么UE想要发起的切片业务可能对应多个切片组,当UE NAS更新了切片组优先级后可能会导致切片组的标识变化。The identity of the slice group may be changed when the following situations occur: For example, if the UE changes the type of service it wants to initiate, it will cause the slice group to change, and the change of the slice group will cause the slice group identity to change; for example, if a slice is allowed Associated to multiple slice groups (slice groups can be slice groups with different uses, or no limit on uses), then the slice service that the UE wants to initiate may correspond to multiple slice groups. When the UE NAS updates the slice group priority, it may cause The identity of the slice group changes.
5)目前的技术中存在的问题:5) Problems existing in current technology:
(1)在目前的基于切片组的小区重选过程中,在切片组的优先级是由UE NAS自行生成后发送给UE AS的场景下,如果UE NAS更新了切片组优先级,对于正在执行基于切片组的小区重选的UE AS来说,接收到来自UE NAS的新的切片组优先级后,该如何操作是不清楚的。基于此,本申请提出了在UE NAS自行生成切片组的优先级的场景中,对于正在执行基于切片组的小区重选的UE AS,当接收到UE NAS发送的新的切片组优先级时,UE AS后续的执行过程。(1) In the current cell reselection process based on slice group, in the scenario where the priority of the slice group is generated by the UE NAS itself and then sent to the UE AS, if the UE NAS updates the slice group priority, for the executing For a UE AS that performs cell reselection based on slice groups, it is unclear how to operate after receiving a new slice group priority from the UE NAS. Based on this, this application proposes that in the scenario where the UE NAS generates the priority of the slice group by itself, for the UE AS that is performing cell reselection based on the slice group, when receiving the new slice group priority sent by the UE NAS, UE AS subsequent execution process.
(2)在目前的基于切片组的随机接入过程中,如果UE上层(upper layer)更新了切片组标识,对于正在执行基于切片组的随机接入的UE MAC来说,在接收到上层(upper layer)更新的切片组标识后,该如何操作是不清楚的。基于此,本申请提出了正在执行基于切片组的随机接入的UE MAC接收到上层(upper layer)更新的切片组标识时,UE MAC后续的执行过程。(2) In the current slice group-based random access process, if the UE upper layer (upper layer) updates the slice group identifier, for the UE MAC that is performing slice group-based random access, after receiving the upper layer ( upper layer), it is unclear how to operate. Based on this, this application proposes the subsequent execution process of the UE MAC when the UE MAC that is performing slice group-based random access receives the slice group identifier updated by the upper layer.
(3)在切片组的优先级是由CN发送给当前服务接入网设备,当前服务接入网设备再通过RRC释放消息发送给UE的场景下,UE由源接入网设备移动至目标接入网设备,目标接入网设备后续会作为当前接入网设备向UE发送(例如广播或RRC消息发送)切片组优先级。在目前的技术中,目标接入网设备如何获取切片组优先级是不清楚的,这会影响 后续的小区重选过程。基于此,本申请提出了目标接入网设备获取切片组的优先级的方法。(3) In the scenario where the priority of the slice group is sent by the CN to the current serving access network device, and the current serving access network device sends it to the UE through an RRC release message, the UE moves from the source access network device to the target access network device. The network access device and the target access network device will subsequently send (for example, broadcast or RRC message sending) the slice group priority to the UE as the current access network device. In the current technology, it is unclear how the target access network device obtains the slice group priority, which will affect Subsequent cell reselection process. Based on this, this application proposes a method for the target access network device to obtain the priority of the slice group.
(4)在目前的技术中,一个切片组最多仅可关联至一个切片组,切片组的映射关系(即哪个或哪些切片属于该切片组)可以同时适用于小区重选过程和随机接入过程,如果允许一个切片组可以关联到属于不同用途的切片组,如何向接入网设备和UE配置切片组的映射关系是不清楚的。基于此,本申请提出了向接入网设备和UE配置切片组的映射关系的方法。(4) In the current technology, a slice group can only be associated with at most one slice group, and the mapping relationship of the slice group (that is, which slice or slices belong to the slice group) can be applied to both the cell reselection process and the random access process. , if a slice group is allowed to be associated with slice groups belonging to different purposes, it is unclear how to configure the mapping relationship of the slice group to the access network device and the UE. Based on this, this application proposes a method of configuring the mapping relationship of the slice group to the access network device and the UE.
接下来将结合附图对方案进行详细介绍。附图中以虚线标识的特征或内容可理解为本申请实施例的可选操作或者可选结构。本申请的多个实施例/示例的内容可以相互参考,每个实施例/示例可以作为一个单独实施例,也可以是多个实施例/示例结合作为一个实施例。Next, the scheme will be introduced in detail with reference to the attached drawings. Features or contents marked with dotted lines in the drawings can be understood as optional operations or optional structures of the embodiments of the present application. The contents of multiple embodiments/examples of this application may be referred to each other, and each embodiment/example may be used as a separate embodiment, or multiple embodiments/examples may be combined as one embodiment.
实施例1:Example 1:
如图2所示,提供了一种通信流程示意图,介绍了在UE NAS自行生成切片组的优先级的场景中,对于正在执行基于切片组的小区重选的UE AS,当接收到UE NAS发送的新的切片组优先级时,UE AS后续的执行过程。该示例也可以看作是一种Slice Group Specific的参数更新方法,即UE AS基于NAS发送的消息更新相关参数,然后再基于更新后的Slice Group specific参数重新执行相应流程。As shown in Figure 2, a communication flow diagram is provided, which introduces the scenario where the UE NAS generates the priority of the slice group by itself. For the UE AS that is performing cell reselection based on the slice group, when receiving the UE NAS sent When the new slice group priority is determined, the UE AS will perform the subsequent execution process. This example can also be seen as a Slice Group Specific parameter update method, that is, the UE AS updates relevant parameters based on the message sent by the NAS, and then re-executes the corresponding process based on the updated Slice Group specific parameters.
步骤201:在基于切片组的小区重选过程中,终端设备的非接入层UE NAS向终端设备的接入层UE AS发送第一信息,相应的,终端设备的接入层UE AS接收来自终端设备的非接入层UE NAS的第一信息,所述第一信息指示切片组的优先级。Step 201: During the cell reselection process based on the slice group, the non-access layer UE NAS of the terminal device sends the first information to the access layer UE AS of the terminal device. Correspondingly, the access layer UE AS of the terminal device receives the first information from The first information of the non-access layer UE NAS of the terminal device, the first information indicating the priority of the slice group.
第一信息可以指示一个切片组的优先级,也可以指示多个切片组的优先级。该第一信息指示的切片组的优先级与之前配置的切片组的优先级可以存在不同,该第一信息可以理解为用于更新切片组的优先级。The first information may indicate the priority of one slice group or the priorities of multiple slice groups. The priority of the slice group indicated by the first information may be different from the priority of the previously configured slice group, and the first information may be understood as being used to update the priority of the slice group.
如果UE AS被配置了多个切片组时,第一信息可以指示所述多个切片组的优先级;也可以指示所述多个切片组中的一部分切片组的优先级,则剩余部分切片组的优先级可以是默认优先级(例如,默认优先级为最低优先级或默认为最高优先级),或者保持原有的优先级不变。If the UE AS is configured with multiple slice groups, the first information may indicate the priorities of the multiple slice groups; it may also indicate the priorities of a part of the multiple slice groups, then the remaining part of the slice groups The priority can be the default priority (for example, the default priority is the lowest priority or the default is the highest priority), or the original priority remains unchanged.
第一信息指示的切片组和当前正在执行的基于切片组的小区重选过程中参考的切片组中可能完全不同,或完全相同,或存在相同的切片组,也存在不同的切片组。例如,第一信息指示了切片组#1,参考的切片组为切片组#1;例如,第一信息指示切片组#1和切片组#2,参考的切片组为切片组#1;例如,第一信息指示切片组#1和切片组#3,参考的切片组为切片组#1和切片组#2。The slice group indicated by the first information may be completely different or identical to the slice group referenced in the currently executing cell reselection process based on the slice group, or the same slice group or different slice groups may exist. For example, the first information indicates slice group #1, and the referenced slice group is slice group #1; for example, the first information indicates slice group #1 and slice group #2, and the referenced slice group is slice group #1; for example, The first information indicates slice group #1 and slice group #3, and the reference slice groups are slice group #1 and slice group #2.
在一种可选的实施方式中,UE AS接收第一信息之后,可以先确定所述第一信息指示的切片组的优先级是否高于当前正在执行的所述基于切片组的小区重选过程中参考的切片组的优先级;如果是,再执行后续过程。在确定所述第一信息指示的切片组的优先级是否高于当前正在执行的所述基于切片组的小区重选过程中参考的切片组的优先级时,一种示例可以是,确定第一信息指示的切片组和参考的切片组中是否存在相同的切片组,如果存在,则针对所述相同的切片组(例如切片组#1),确定第一信息指示的该切片组(例如切片组#1)的优先级是否高于当前正在执行的基于切片组的小区重选过程中参考的该切片组(例如切片组#1)的优先级;另一种示例可以是不考虑第一信息指示的切片组和参考的切片组是否为同一切片组,仅仅比较优先级即可,也就是确定第一信息指示的优先级是否高于参考的切片组的优先级;例如,确定第一信息指示的优先级是否高于参考的切片组的 优先级,只要有一个高于即可;再例如,确定第一信息指示的优先级中高于参考的切片组的优先级的数量是否大于或等于预设数量,该预设数量可以是1个,或2个,或更多个。切片组的优先级越高,表示UE越想发起属于该切片组的切片业务,在小区重选过程中,通过尽量选择高优先级的切片组来执行小区重选,可以避免在执行小区重选的过程中因为切片组的优先级发生改变而导致本次的小区重选中断。In an optional implementation, after receiving the first information, the UE AS may first determine whether the priority of the slice group indicated by the first information is higher than the currently executing cell reselection process based on the slice group. The priority of the slice group referenced in; if so, perform the subsequent process. When determining whether the priority of the slice group indicated by the first information is higher than the priority of the slice group referenced in the currently executing cell reselection process based on the slice group, an example may be to determine the first Whether the same slice group exists in the slice group indicated by the information and the reference slice group, and if so, for the same slice group (such as slice group #1), determine the slice group (such as slice group #1) indicated by the first information Whether the priority of #1) is higher than the priority of the slice group (for example, slice group #1) referenced in the currently executing slice group-based cell reselection process; another example may be to not consider the first information indication Whether the slice group and the reference slice group are the same slice group, just compare the priorities, that is, determine whether the priority indicated by the first information is higher than the priority of the reference slice group; for example, determine the priority indicated by the first information. Whether the priority is higher than that of the referenced slice group Priority, as long as one is higher; for another example, determine whether the number of priorities of slice groups higher than the reference in the priority indicated by the first information is greater than or equal to a preset number, and the preset number can be 1, Or 2, or more. The higher the priority of the slice group, the more the UE wants to initiate slice services belonging to this slice group. During the cell reselection process, try to select a high-priority slice group to perform cell reselection, which can avoid the need to perform cell reselection. During the process, the cell reselection was interrupted because the priority of the slice group changed.
比较优先级的过程可以在后续提及的所述UE AS基于所述切片组的优先级对多个频点的频点排序进行更新过程之前执行,则后续如果切片组的优先级高于所述基于切片组的小区重选过程中参考的切片组的优先级,则基于所述切片组的优先级对多个频点的频点排序进行更新;如果低于,则无需基于所述切片组的优先级对多个频点的频点排序进行更新。再例如,该过程可以在后续提及的中断正在执行的基于切片组的小区重选过程之前执行。The process of comparing priorities may be performed before the subsequent update process of the frequency point sorting of multiple frequency points by the UE AS based on the priority of the slice group. If the priority of the slice group is higher than the priority of the slice group, Based on the priority of the slice group referenced in the cell reselection process of the slice group, the frequency ranking of multiple frequencies is updated based on the priority of the slice group; if it is lower than the priority of the slice group, there is no need to update the frequency ranking based on the priority of the slice group. The priority updates the frequency ordering of multiple frequency points. For another example, this process may be performed before interrupting the subsequently-mentioned cell reselection process based on the slice group.
步骤202:所述UE AS基于所述切片组的优先级对多个频点的频点排序进行更新,更新后的频点排序用于执行所述基于切片组的小区重选过程中的频点测量和/或最佳小区评估。Step 202: The UE AS updates the frequency ranking of multiple frequency points based on the priority of the slice group. The updated frequency ranking is used to perform frequency points in the cell reselection process based on the slice group. Measurement and/or optimal cell evaluation.
最佳小区也可以称为排名最高的小区(the highest ranked cell)或最好的小区(the best cell)。The best cell can also be called the highest ranked cell or the best cell.
多个频点可以理解为UE能够测量到的所有频点,包括但不限于:支持切片组的频点,不支持切片组的频点,也可以理解为复用SIB4后切片信息中配置了切片组对应的小区重选优先级的频点和剩余未被配置的频点。Multiple frequency points can be understood as all frequency points that can be measured by the UE, including but not limited to: frequency points that support slice groups and frequency points that do not support slice groups. It can also be understood that slices are configured in the slice information after multiplexing SIB4 The cell reselection priority frequency points corresponding to the group and the remaining unconfigured frequency points.
在基于切片组的小区重选中,可以通过一个新的系统信息块(system information block,SIB)或RRC释放消息向UE配置切片信息,该切片信息包括一个或多个切片组的标识、支持每个切片组的频点(一个或多个)及对应的小区重选优先级(slice group specific cell reselection priority)等。可以理解的是,一个频点可以支持一个或多个切片组。In cell reselection based on slice groups, slice information can be configured to the UE through a new system information block (SIB) or RRC release message. The slice information includes the identification of one or more slice groups and supports each The frequency point (one or more) of the slice group and the corresponding cell reselection priority (slice group specific cell reselection priority), etc. It can be understood that one frequency point can support one or more slice groups.
在基于切片组的优先级对多个频点进行频点排序时,可以将切片信息中支持较高优先级的切片组的一个或多个频点的顺序靠前,将切片信息中支持较低优先级的切片组的一个或多个频点的顺序靠后。例如,如图1b所示,提供了一种频点排序更新示意图,切片信息中支持切片组#1的频点包括F1、F2、F3,支持切片组#2的频点包括F4、F5,支持切片组#3的频点包括F6、F7。在更新之前,切片组#1的优先级>切片组#2的优先级>切片组#3的优先级,则频点F1、F2、F3位于频点F4、F5之前,频点F4、F5位于频点F6、F7之前。在更新之后,切片组#1的优先级最高,切片组#2的优先级最低,则频点F1、F2、F3位于频点F6、F7之前,频点F6、F7位于频点F4、F5之前。而对于支持某一切片组多个频点之间的顺序,则可以参考切片信息中的该切片组对应的小区重选优先级来排序。例如,频点F1、F2、F3之间的排序,可以参考小区重选优先级来排序,同理,频点F4、F5之间的排序及F6、F7之间的排序,可以参考小区重选优先级来排序。When sorting multiple frequency points based on the priority of a slice group, one or more frequency points that support a slice group with a higher priority in the slice information can be placed first, and the frequency points that support a lower priority in the slice information can be placed first. One or more frequency points of the priority slice group are ranked later. For example, as shown in Figure 1b, a schematic diagram of frequency point sorting and updating is provided. In the slice information, the frequency points that support slice group #1 include F1, F2, and F3, the frequency points that support slice group #2 include F4, and F5, and the frequency points that support slice group #2 include F4 and F5. The frequency points of slice group #3 include F6 and F7. Before the update, the priority of slice group #1 > the priority of slice group #2 > the priority of slice group #3, then frequency points F1, F2, and F3 are located before frequency points F4 and F5, and frequency points F4 and F5 are located Before frequency points F6 and F7. After the update, slice group #1 has the highest priority and slice group #2 has the lowest priority. Then frequency points F1, F2, and F3 are located before frequency points F6 and F7, and frequency points F6 and F7 are located before frequency points F4 and F5. . As for the order between multiple frequency points that support a certain slice group, you can refer to the cell reselection priority corresponding to the slice group in the slice information for sorting. For example, the sorting between frequency points F1, F2 and F3 can be sorted by referring to the cell reselection priority. Similarly, the sorting between frequency points F4 and F5 and the sorting between F6 and F7 can be sorted by referring to the cell reselection. Sort by priority.
一种示例中,该频点排序可以遵循以下一项或多项原则:In one example, the frequency ranking can follow one or more of the following principles:
频点所支持的切片组的优先级越高,该频点的排序越靠前;The higher the priority of the slice group supported by the frequency point, the higher the frequency point is sorted;
所支持切片组的优先级相同时,频点对应的小区重选优先级(例如,新SIB或者RRC释放消息配置)越高,该频点的排序越靠前;When the priorities of the supported slice groups are the same, the higher the cell reselection priority (for example, new SIB or RRC release message configuration) corresponding to the frequency point, the higher the ranking of the frequency point;
对于支持相同切片组的不同频点,配置了基于切片组的小区重选优先级的频点比未配置基于切片组的小区重选优先级的频点的排序靠前;For different frequency points that support the same slice group, the frequency points that are configured with the cell reselection priority based on the slice group are ranked higher than the frequencies that are not configured with the cell reselection priority based on the slice group;
能够支持切片组的频点比不支持任何切片组的排序靠前; Frequency points that can support slice groups are ranked higher than those that do not support any slice groups;
对于不支持任何切片组的频点,小区重选优先级复用SIB4中的值。For frequency points that do not support any slice group, the cell reselection priority reuses the value in SIB4.
步骤203:所述UE AS基于更新后的频点排序,执行所述基于切片组的小区重选过程。Step 203: The UE AS performs the cell reselection process based on the slice group based on the updated frequency sorting.
该示例提供了使用切片组优先级的方法,在基于切片组的小区重选的过程中,UE AS在接收到来自UE NAS的新的切片组优先级后,可以基于切片组优先级对频点排序进行更新,并基于更新后的频点排序执行小区重选过程,可以及时满足UE的理想行为。This example provides a method of using the slice group priority. During the cell reselection process based on the slice group, the UE AS can select the frequency point based on the slice group priority after receiving the new slice group priority from the UE NAS. The ranking is updated, and the cell reselection process is performed based on the updated frequency ranking, which can meet the ideal behavior of the UE in a timely manner.
一种示例中,在执行所述基于切片组的小区重选过程时,可以是不管当前执行到小区重复过程中的哪个具体的过程,均基于更新后的频点排序,重新执行所述基于切片组的小区重选过程(当前情况下,UE AS正在执行基于切片组的小区重选过程,未执行完本次小区重选过程,如果需要基于更新后的频点排序重新执行基于切片组的小区重选过程,虽然是重新执行,仍可以理解为执行本次的小区重选过程)。例如,可以基于更新的频点排序重新确定是否启动测量(例如,当邻区的小区重选优先级比当前服务小区的小区重选优先级高时,启动测量邻区;当邻区的小区重选优先级小于或等于当前服务小区的小区重选优先级时,如果当前服务的小区的信号质量比质量标准好,则不测量邻区,如果比质量标准差,则测量邻区),并执行相应的频点测量与最佳小区评估。In one example, when performing the cell reselection process based on the slice group, the cell reselection process based on the slice group may be re-executed based on the updated frequency ranking regardless of which specific process in the cell repetition process is currently performed. The cell reselection process of the group (currently, the UE AS is executing the cell reselection process based on the slice group and has not completed the cell reselection process. If it is necessary to re-execute the cell reselection process based on the slice group based on the updated frequency ranking) Although the reselection process is re-executed, it can still be understood as executing this cell reselection process). For example, whether to start measurement can be re-determined based on the updated frequency ranking (for example, when the cell reselection priority of the neighboring cell is higher than the cell reselection priority of the current serving cell, start measuring the neighboring cell; when the cell reselection priority of the neighboring cell is higher When selecting a cell reselection priority with a priority less than or equal to the current serving cell, if the signal quality of the currently serving cell is better than the quality standard, the neighboring cell will not be measured; if it is worse than the quality standard, the neighboring cell will be measured) and executed Corresponding frequency point measurement and optimal cell evaluation.
另一种示例中,在UE AS基于更新后的频点排序,执行基于切片组的小区重选过程(即步骤203)之前(例如可以是接收到第一信息之后,基于所述切片组的优先级对多个频点的频点排序进行更新之前;或者是基于所述切片组的优先级对多个频点的频点排序进行更新之后;或者是接收第一信息之前),所述UE AS可以先中断正在执行的基于切片组的小区重选过程;则后续在执行所述基于切片组的小区重选过程时,可以是所述UE AS基于更新后的频点排序,继续执行中断执行的基于切片组的小区重选过程。先中断,再执行可以避免出现无效的执行过程。In another example, before the UE AS performs the cell reselection process based on the slice group (ie, step 203) based on the updated frequency sorting (for example, after receiving the first information), the priority based on the slice group is Before updating the frequency ranking of multiple frequency points; or after updating the frequency ranking of multiple frequency points based on the priority of the slice group; or before receiving the first information), the UE AS The ongoing cell reselection process based on the slice group may be interrupted first; then when the cell reselection process based on the slice group is executed subsequently, the UE AS may continue to perform the interrupted execution based on the updated frequency sorting. Cell reselection process based on slice group. Interrupting first and then executing can avoid invalid execution processes.
UE AS中断正在执行的基于切片组的小区重选过程,包括但不限于以下的任一项:The UE AS interrupts the ongoing cell reselection process based on the slice group, including but not limited to any of the following:
UE AS正在测量第一频点(正在测量的频点称为第一频点,第一频点可以是一个也可以是多个)、但未得到所述第一频点的测量报告,则UE AS中断测量所述第一频点;或,The UE AS is measuring the first frequency point (the frequency point being measured is called the first frequency point, and the first frequency point can be one or multiple), but the measurement report of the first frequency point is not obtained, then the UE AS interrupts the measurement of the first frequency point; or,
UE AS得到第一频点的测量报告、但未开始评估最佳小区,则UE AS中断开始评估最佳小区;或,If the UE AS obtains the measurement report of the first frequency point but does not start to evaluate the best cell, the UE AS interrupts and starts to evaluate the best cell; or,
UE AS正在评估最佳小区,则UE AS中断评估最佳小区;或,UE AS is evaluating the best cell, then UE AS stops evaluating the best cell; or,
UE AS已评估出最佳小区,并正在驻留最佳小区,则UE AS中断驻留到所述最佳小区。If the UE AS has evaluated the best cell and is camping on the best cell, the UE AS will stop camping on the best cell.
UE AS基于更新后的频点排序,继续执行中断执行的基于切片组的小区重选过程,具体如下:Based on the updated frequency sorting, the UE AS continues to execute the interrupted cell reselection process based on the slice group, as follows:
如果UE AS中断测量所述第一频点,则继续测量所述第一频点,及更新后的频点排序中排序位于所述第一频点之后的频点。例如,如图1b所示,UE AS正在测量频点F7,则UE AS中断测量频点F7之后,可以继续测量频点F7,及排序位于F7之后的F6、F5、F4。或者,如果UE AS中断测量所述第一频点,还可以基于更新后的频点排序重新测量多个频点。一种示例中,对于服务频点(例如图1b中的F4)及排序位于服务频点之前的频点(例如图1b中的F2、F3、F1、F6、F7)可以无条件启动测量,对于排序位于服务频点之后的频点(例如图1b中的F5)可以通过信号质量来决定是否启动测量。If the UE AS interrupts measuring the first frequency point, it continues to measure the first frequency point, and sorts the frequency points located after the first frequency point in the updated frequency point sorting. For example, as shown in Figure 1b, the UE AS is measuring the frequency point F7. After the UE AS interrupts the measurement of the frequency point F7, it can continue to measure the frequency point F7, and sequence F6, F5, and F4 after F7. Alternatively, if the UE AS interrupts measuring the first frequency point, it can also re-measure multiple frequency points based on the updated frequency point ordering. In one example, measurement can be started unconditionally for service frequency points (such as F4 in Figure 1b) and frequency points ranked before the service frequency points (such as F2, F3, F1, F6, and F7 in Figure 1b). Frequency points located after the service frequency point (such as F5 in Figure 1b) can determine whether to start measurement based on signal quality.
如果UE AS中断开始评估最佳小区,则可以基于更新后的频点排序,开始评估最佳小区。例如,可以基于更新后的频点排序,及之前保存的针对每个小区的测量报告,开始评估最佳小区,并尝试驻留到该最佳小区。 If the UE AS interrupts to start evaluating the best cell, it can start evaluating the best cell based on the updated frequency ranking. For example, based on the updated frequency ranking and the previously saved measurement report for each cell, the best cell can be evaluated and attempted to camp on the best cell.
如果UE AS中断评估最佳小区,则可以基于更新后的频点排序,重新评估最佳小区。例如,可以基于更新后的频点排序,及之前保存的针对每个小区的测量报告,重新评估最佳小区,并尝试驻留到该重新评估出的最佳小区。If the UE AS stops evaluating the best cell, it can re-evaluate the best cell based on the updated frequency ranking. For example, the best cell can be re-evaluated based on the updated frequency ranking and the previously saved measurement report for each cell, and an attempt can be made to camp on the re-evaluated best cell.
如果UE AS中断驻留到所述最佳小区,则可以驻留到该最佳小区,或者,基于更新后的频点排序,及之前保存的针对每个小区的测量报告,重新评估最佳小区,并尝试驻留到该重新评估出的最佳小区。If the UE AS stops camping on the best cell, it can camp on the best cell, or re-evaluate the best cell based on the updated frequency ranking and the previously saved measurement report for each cell. , and try to camp on the best cell that is re-evaluated.
在一种可能的实施方式中,可以设置一个定时器,用于确定中断的时间,例如,在所述UE AS中断正在执行的基于切片组的小区重选过程之前,所述UE AS还可以确定定时器是否超时,在确定定时器超时的情况下中断正在执行的基于切片组的小区重选过程。在定时器超时后中断当前流程,可以为正在执行的流程预留一定的更新缓冲时间,提高UE行为的连续性。In a possible implementation, a timer can be set to determine the time of interruption. For example, before the UE AS interrupts the ongoing cell reselection process based on the slice group, the UE AS can also determine Whether the timer times out. If the timer times out, interrupt the ongoing cell reselection process based on the slice group. Interrupting the current process after the timer times out can reserve a certain update buffer time for the process being executed to improve the continuity of UE behavior.
所述定时器的时长值可以是UE NAS配置的(即UE NAS决定该时长值,并发送给UE AS);或者,是所述UE AS配置的(即UE AS决定该时长值);或者,预配置值(例如协议预先规定的)。所述定时器可以是UE AS接收到第一信息时启动;也可以是UE AS确定更新之后的频点排序对应的多个第二频点,相较与更新之前的频点排序对应的多个第二频点发生变化时启动,所述多个第二频点包括正在测量的第一频点及排序位于所述第一频点之后的频点(后续介绍该过程);还可以是UE AS在接收到第二信息(后续介绍该过程)时启动。The duration value of the timer may be configured by the UE NAS (that is, the UE NAS determines the duration value and sends it to the UE AS); or, it is configured by the UE AS (that is, the UE AS determines the duration value); or, Preconfigured values (e.g. pre-specified by the protocol). The timer may be started when the UE AS receives the first information; it may also be started when the UE AS determines a plurality of second frequency points corresponding to the frequency point sorting after the update, compared with the multiple second frequency points corresponding to the frequency point sorting before the update. It is started when the second frequency point changes. The plurality of second frequency points include the first frequency point being measured and the frequency points arranged after the first frequency point (this process will be introduced later); it can also be the UE AS Started when the second information is received (this process will be introduced later).
在一种可能的实现方式中,UE NAS还可以在向UE AS发送第二信息,相应的,所述UE AS在接收来自UE NAS的第二信息;其中,所述第二信息指示中断正在执行的基于切片组的小区重选过程。进而,所述UE AS中断正在执行的基于切片组的小区重选过程。该第二信息可以称为中断(break out)指示。该第二信息可以是在第一信息之前发送;也可以在第一信息之后发送;还可以与第一信息同时发送,例如第一信息和第二信息在同一消息或不同消息中发送。In a possible implementation, the UE NAS may also send second information to the UE AS. Correspondingly, the UE AS receives the second information from the UE NAS; wherein the second information indicates that the interrupt is being executed. Cell reselection process based on slice group. Furthermore, the UE AS interrupts the ongoing cell reselection process based on the slice group. This second information may be called a break out indication. The second information may be sent before the first information; it may also be sent after the first information; it may also be sent at the same time as the first information, for example, the first information and the second information are sent in the same message or in different messages.
在一种可能的实施方式中,在所述UE AS基于更新后的频点排序,执行所述基于切片组的小区重选过程(即步骤203)之前(例如,在所述UE AS中断正在执行的基于切片组的小区重选过程之前),所述UE AS还可以先确定更新之后的频点排序对应的多个第二频点,相较与更新之前的频点排序对应的多个第二频点是否发生变化;如果发生变化,则执行后续过程,例如执行后续的基于更新后的频点排序执行所述基于切片组的小区重选过程,或中断正在执行的基于切片组的小区重选过程。如果未发生变化,则可以无需执行后续过程。所述多个第二频点包括正在测量或评估的第一频点及排序位于所述第一频点之后的频点,例如,如图1b所示,正在测量或评估的第一频点为F7,在更新之前,排序位于F7之后的频点包括F6;在更新之后,排序位于F7之后的频点包括F6、F5、F4,则第二频点发生变化。只有在发生变化时才会中断当前执行的小区重选过程,不发生变化则不会中断当前执行的小区重选过程,可以避免UE行为的不连续性。In a possible implementation, before the UE AS performs the cell reselection process (ie, step 203) based on the slice group based on the updated frequency sorting (for example, before the UE AS interrupts the execution of the cell reselection process) (before the cell reselection process based on the slice group), the UE AS may also first determine a plurality of second frequency points corresponding to the frequency point sorting after the update, compared with the plurality of second frequency points corresponding to the frequency point sorting before the update. Whether the frequency point has changed; if it has changed, perform subsequent processes, such as performing subsequent cell reselection processes based on the updated frequency point sorting, or interrupting the ongoing cell reselection process based on the slice group. process. If no changes have occurred, subsequent procedures are not required. The plurality of second frequency points include a first frequency point being measured or evaluated and frequency points arranged after the first frequency point. For example, as shown in Figure 1b, the first frequency point being measured or evaluated is F7, before the update, the frequency points ranked after F7 include F6; after the update, the frequency points ranked after F7 include F6, F5, and F4, then the second frequency point changes. Only when a change occurs, the currently executed cell reselection process will be interrupted. If no change occurs, the currently executed cell reselection process will not be interrupted, which can avoid discontinuity in UE behavior.
如图3所示,提供了一种通信流程示意图,包括以下步骤:As shown in Figure 3, a schematic diagram of the communication process is provided, including the following steps:
步骤301:在基于切片组的小区重选过程中,终端设备的非接入层UE NAS向终端设备的接入层UE AS发送第一信息,相应的,终端设备的接入层UE AS接收来自终端设备的非接入层UE NAS的第一信息,所述第一信息指示切片组的优先级。Step 301: During the cell reselection process based on the slice group, the non-access layer UE NAS of the terminal device sends the first information to the access layer UE AS of the terminal device. Correspondingly, the access layer UE AS of the terminal device receives the first information from The first information of the non-access layer UE NAS of the terminal device, the first information indicating the priority of the slice group.
步骤302:所述UE AS基于所述切片组的优先级对多个频点的频点排序进行更新,更 新后的频点排序用于执行所述基于切片组的小区重选过程中的频点测量和/或最佳小区评估。Step 302: The UE AS updates the frequency ranking of multiple frequency points based on the priority of the slice group. The new frequency point ranking is used to perform frequency point measurement and/or optimal cell evaluation in the cell reselection process based on the slice group.
可选的,步骤303:所述UE AS确定更新之后的频点排序对应的多个第二频点,相较与更新之前的频点排序对应的多个第二频点发生变化。Optionally, step 303: The UE AS determines that the multiple second frequency points corresponding to the frequency point sorting after the update have changed compared with the multiple second frequency points corresponding to the frequency point sorting before the update.
步骤304:所述UE AS确定定时器超时的情况下,中断正在执行的基于切片组的小区重选过程。Step 304: If the UE AS determines that the timer has expired, interrupt the ongoing cell reselection process based on the slice group.
步骤305:所述UE AS基于更新后的频点排序,执行所述基于切片组的小区重选过程。Step 305: The UE AS performs the cell reselection process based on the slice group based on the updated frequency sorting.
如图4所示,提供了一种通信流程示意图,包括以下步骤:As shown in Figure 4, a schematic diagram of the communication process is provided, including the following steps:
步骤401:在基于切片组的小区重选过程中,终端设备的非接入层UE NAS向终端设备的接入层UE AS发送第二信息,相应的,终端设备的接入层UE AS接收来自终端设备的非接入层UE NAS的第二信息,所述第二信息指示中断正在执行的基于切片组的小区重选过程。Step 401: During the cell reselection process based on the slice group, the non-access layer UE NAS of the terminal device sends the second information to the access layer UE AS of the terminal device. Correspondingly, the access layer UE AS of the terminal device receives the information from Second information of the non-access layer UE NAS of the terminal device, the second information indicating interrupting the ongoing cell reselection process based on the slice group.
步骤402:所述UE AS中断正在执行的基于切片组的小区重选过程。Step 402: The UE AS interrupts the ongoing cell reselection process based on the slice group.
步骤403:终端设备的非接入层UE NAS向终端设备的接入层UE AS发送第一信息,相应的,终端设备的接入层UE AS接收来自终端设备的非接入层UE NAS的第一信息,所述第一信息指示切片组的优先级。Step 403: The non-access layer UE NAS of the terminal device sends the first information to the access layer UE AS of the terminal device. Correspondingly, the access layer UE AS of the terminal device receives the first information from the non-access layer UE NAS of the terminal device. One piece of information, the first information indicates the priority of the slice group.
步骤404:所述UE AS基于所述切片组的优先级对多个频点的频点排序进行更新,更新后的频点排序用于执行所述基于切片组的小区重选过程中的频点测量和/或最佳小区评估。Step 404: The UE AS updates the frequency ranking of multiple frequency points based on the priority of the slice group. The updated frequency ranking is used to perform frequency points in the cell reselection process based on the slice group. Measurement and/or optimal cell evaluation.
步骤405:所述UE AS基于更新后的频点排序,执行所述基于切片组的小区重选过程。Step 405: The UE AS performs the cell reselection process based on the slice group based on the updated frequency sorting.
如图5所示,提供了另一种通信流程示意图,介绍了在UE NAS自行生成切片组的优先级的场景中,对于正在执行基于切片组的小区重选的UE AS,当接收到UE NAS发送的新的切片组优先级时,UE AS后续的执行过程。该示例也可以看作是一种Slice Group Specific的参数更新方法,即UE AS基于NAS发送的消息更新相关参数,并基于原参数执行本次流程,然后再基于更新后的Slice Group specific参数执行下一次的流程。As shown in Figure 5, another communication flow diagram is provided, which introduces the scenario where the UE NAS generates the priority of the slice group by itself. For the UE AS that is performing cell reselection based on the slice group, when receiving the UE NAS When sending a new slice group priority, the UE AS will perform the subsequent execution process. This example can also be seen as a Slice Group Specific parameter update method, that is, the UE AS updates relevant parameters based on the message sent by the NAS, executes this process based on the original parameters, and then executes it based on the updated Slice Group specific parameters. A one-time process.
步骤501:在基于切片组的小区重选过程中,终端设备的非接入层UE NAS向终端设备的接入层UE AS发送第一信息,相应的,终端设备的接入层UE AS接收来自终端设备的非接入层UE NAS的第一信息,所述第一信息指示切片组的优先级。Step 501: During the cell reselection process based on the slice group, the non-access layer UE NAS of the terminal device sends the first information to the access layer UE AS of the terminal device. Correspondingly, the access layer UE AS of the terminal device receives the first information from The first information of the non-access layer UE NAS of the terminal device, the first information indicating the priority of the slice group.
步骤501的过程可以参考步骤201的过程,不再重复赘述。For the process of step 501, reference can be made to the process of step 201, and details will not be repeated.
在一种可选的实施方式中,UE AS接收第一信息(即步骤501)之后,可以先确定所述第一信息指示的切片组的优先级是否低于所述基于切片组的小区重选过程中参考的切片组的优先级;如果是,再执行后续过程。确定所述第一信息指示的切片组的优先级是否低于所述基于切片组的小区重选过程中参考的切片组的优先级过程,与步骤201介绍的确定所述第一信息指示的切片组的优先级是否高于当前正在执行的所述基于切片组的小区重选过程中参考的切片组的优先级的过程类似,不再详细赘述。切片组的优先级越高,表示UE越想发起属于该切片组的切片业务,在小区重选过程中,通过尽量选择高优先级的切片组来执行小区重选,可以避免在执行小区重选的过程中因为切片组的优先级发生改变而导致本次的小区重选中断,如果更新后的优先级低于正在参考的切片组的优先级,可以 没必要更新。In an optional implementation, after receiving the first information (ie, step 501), the UE AS may first determine whether the priority of the slice group indicated by the first information is lower than the cell reselection based on the slice group. The priority of the slice group referenced in the process; if so, execute the subsequent process. The process of determining whether the priority of the slice group indicated by the first information is lower than the priority of the slice group referenced in the cell reselection process based on the slice group is the same as the determination of the slice indicated by the first information introduced in step 201. The process of whether the priority of the group is higher than the priority of the slice group referenced in the currently executing cell reselection process based on the slice group is similar and will not be described in detail. The higher the priority of the slice group, the more the UE wants to initiate slice services belonging to this slice group. During the cell reselection process, try to select a high-priority slice group to perform cell reselection, which can avoid the need to perform cell reselection. During the process, the cell reselection is interrupted because the priority of the slice group changes. If the updated priority is lower than the priority of the slice group being referenced, you can No need to update.
步骤502:所述UE AS基于所述切片组的优先级对多个频点的频点排序进行更新,更新后的频点排序用于执行下一次基于切片组的小区重选过程中的频点测量和/或最佳小区评估。Step 502: The UE AS updates the frequency ranking of multiple frequency points based on the priority of the slice group. The updated frequency ranking is used to perform frequency points in the next cell reselection process based on the slice group. Measurement and/or optimal cell evaluation.
步骤502中的基于所述切片组的优先级对多个频点的频点排序进行更新的过程,可以参考步骤202中介绍的基于所述切片组的优先级对多个频点的频点排序进行更新的过程,不再重复赘述。For the process of updating the frequency ranking of multiple frequency points based on the priority of the slice group in step 502, you can refer to the frequency ranking of multiple frequency points based on the priority of the slice group introduced in step 202. The update process will not be described again.
步骤503:所述UE AS基于更新之前的频点排序执行完成所述基于切片组的小区重选过程。Step 503: The UE AS executes and completes the cell reselection process based on the slice group based on the frequency point sorting before the update.
步骤502和步骤503的先后顺序不进行限制。The order of step 502 and step 503 is not limited.
可选的,步骤504:在下一次基于切片组的小区重选过程中,所述UE AS基于步骤502中更新后的频点排序执行基于切片组的小区重选流程。Optionally, step 504: In the next cell reselection process based on the slice group, the UE AS performs the cell reselection process based on the slice group based on the frequency ordering updated in step 502.
例如,重新确定启动测量的条件,并执行相应的频点测量与最佳小区评估。For example, re-determine the conditions for starting measurement, and perform corresponding frequency point measurement and optimal cell evaluation.
该示例提供了使用切片组优先级的方法,在基于切片组的小区重选过程中,UE AS在接收到来自UE NAS的新的切片组优先级后,可以先基于更新之前的频点排序继续执行小区重选过程,可以确保UE行为的连续性;并基于新的切片组优先级更新频点排序,及基于更新之后的频点排序执行下一次小区重选过程,可以满足UE的理想行为。This example provides a method of using slice group priority. During the cell reselection process based on slice group, after the UE AS receives the new slice group priority from the UE NAS, it can first continue based on the frequency sorting before the update. Executing the cell reselection process can ensure the continuity of UE behavior; updating the frequency ranking based on the new slice group priority, and executing the next cell reselection process based on the updated frequency ranking can meet the ideal behavior of the UE.
所述UE AS基于更新之前的频点排序,执行完成所述基于切片组的小区重选过程(即步骤503)之前,还可以确定更新之后的频点排序对应的多个第二频点,相较与更新之前的频点排序对应的多个第二频点是否发生变化,如果未发生变化,则基于更新之前的频点排序,执行完成所述基于切片组的小区重选过程;其中,所述多个第二频点包括正在测量的第一频点及排序位于所述第一频点之后的频点。例如,如图1c所示,正在测量或评估的第一频点为F7,在更新之前与更新之后,排序位于F7之后的频点包括F6,则第二频点未发生变化。Based on the frequency point sorting before the update, the UE AS may also determine a plurality of second frequency points corresponding to the frequency point sorting after the update before completing the cell reselection process based on the slice group (ie, step 503). Compare whether the plurality of second frequency points corresponding to the frequency point sorting before the update has changed, and if there is no change, then based on the frequency point sorting before the update, the cell reselection process based on the slice group is executed and completed; wherein, The plurality of second frequency points include the first frequency point being measured and frequency points arranged after the first frequency point. For example, as shown in Figure 1c, the first frequency point being measured or evaluated is F7. Before and after the update, the frequency points ranked after F7 include F6, and the second frequency point does not change.
实施例2:Example 2:
如图6所示,提供了一种通信流程示意图,介绍了正在执行基于切片组的随机接入的UE MAC接收到上层(upper layer)更新的切片组标识时,UE MAC后续的执行过程。该示例也可以看作是一种Slice Group Specific的参数更新方法,即UE MAC基于上层发送的消息更新相关参数,然后再基于更新后的Slice Group specific参数重新执行相应流程。As shown in Figure 6, a communication flow diagram is provided, which introduces the subsequent execution process of the UE MAC when the UE MAC that is performing slice group-based random access receives the slice group identifier updated by the upper layer. This example can also be seen as a Slice Group Specific parameter update method, that is, the UE MAC updates relevant parameters based on the message sent by the upper layer, and then re-executes the corresponding process based on the updated Slice Group specific parameters.
步骤601:在基于切片组的随机接入过程中,终端设备的媒体接入控制层UE MAC接收第一切片组标识,所述第一切片组标识用于触发基于切片组的随机接入过程。Step 601: During the random access process based on the slice group, the media access control layer UE MAC of the terminal device receives the first slice group identifier, and the first slice group identifier is used to trigger the random access based on the slice group. process.
一种示例中,终端设备上层(UE upper layer)向UE MAC发送第一切片组标识,相应的,UE MAC接收来自UE upper layer的第一切片组标识。UE上层(UE upper layer)可以是MAC层之上的任一层,例如,非接入NAS层、无线资源控制协议RRC层、分组数据汇聚协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层、无线链路控制层(radio link control,RLC)。In one example, the upper layer of the terminal device (UE upper layer) sends the first slice group identifier to the UE MAC. Correspondingly, the UE MAC receives the first slice group identifier from the UE upper layer. The UE upper layer can be any layer above the MAC layer, such as the non-access NAS layer, the radio resource control protocol RRC layer, the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer, and the wireless link Control layer (radio link control, RLC).
一种可选的实施方式中,UE MAC将用于触发基于切片组的随机接入的切片组标识更新为所述第一切片组标识,该过程与步骤602的先后顺序不进行限制。In an optional implementation, the UE MAC updates the slice group identifier used to trigger slice group-based random access to the first slice group identifier. The order of this process and step 602 is not limited.
在未接收到第一切片组标识之前,当前正在执行的基于切片组的随机接入过程所参考 的第二切片组与该第一切片组可以不同。Before the first slice group identifier is received, the slice group-based random access process currently being executed refers to The second slice group of may be different from the first slice group.
在一种可选的实施方式中,UE MAC在接收到第一切片组的标识后,可以先确定所述第一切片组标识对应的优先级是否高于所述基于切片组的随机接入过程参考的第二切片组标识对应的优先级;如果是,再执行后续过程。例如,该比较优先级的过程可以在后续提及的UE MAC基于所述第一切片组标识,执行所述基于切片组的随机接入过程之前执行。再例如,该过程可以在后续提及的中断正在执行的基于切片组的随机接入过程之前执行。再例如,该过程可以在将用于触发基于切片组的随机接入的切片组标识更新为所述第一切片组标识之前执行。切片组的优先级越高,表示UE越想发起属于该切片组的切片业务,在随机接入过程中,通过尽量选择高优先级的切片组来执行随机接入,可以避免在执行随机接入的过程中因为切片组的优先级发生改变而导致本次的随机接入中断。In an optional implementation, after receiving the identifier of the first slice group, the UE MAC may first determine whether the priority corresponding to the first slice group identifier is higher than the random access based on the slice group. Enter the priority corresponding to the second slice group identifier referenced by the process; if so, execute the subsequent process. For example, the priority comparison process may be performed before the later-mentioned UE MAC performs the slice group-based random access process based on the first slice group identifier. For another example, this process may be performed before interrupting the currently executing slice group-based random access process mentioned later. For another example, the process may be performed before updating the slice group identifier used to trigger slice group-based random access to the first slice group identifier. The higher the priority of the slice group, the more the UE wants to initiate slice services belonging to this slice group. During the random access process, by trying to select a high-priority slice group to perform random access, you can avoid performing random access. During the process, the random access was interrupted because the priority of the slice group changed.
步骤602:所述UE MAC基于所述第一切片组标识,执行所述基于切片组的随机接入过程。Step 602: The UE MAC performs the random access process based on the slice group based on the first slice group identifier.
例如,UE MAC可以根据第一切片组标识,选择与所述第一切片组标识关联的参数,参数包括但不限于以下的一项或多项:随机接入信道分区RACH Partition、随机接入优先级RA–Prioritization。UE MAC可以基于选择出的与所述第一切片组标识关联的参数执行随机接入。随机接入信道分区RACH Partition、随机接入优先级RA–Prioritization的介绍,可以参考前文,不再重复赘述。For example, the UE MAC can select parameters associated with the first slice group identifier according to the first slice group identifier. The parameters include but are not limited to one or more of the following: random access channel partition RACH Partition, random access channel partition Enter priority RA–Prioritization. The UE MAC may perform random access based on the selected parameters associated with the first slice group identity. For the introduction of random access channel partition RACH Partition and random access priority RA-Prioritization, you can refer to the previous article and will not be repeated.
在基于切片组的随机接入过程中,UE MAC在接收到新的切片组标识后,可以基于新的切片组标识执行随机接入过程,可以及时满足UE的理想行为。In the random access process based on the slice group, after receiving the new slice group identifier, the UE MAC can perform the random access process based on the new slice group identifier, which can meet the UE's ideal behavior in a timely manner.
一种示例中,在执行所述基于切片组的随机接入过程时,可以是不管当前执行到随机接入过程中的哪个具体的过程,均基于第一切片组的标识,重新执行所述基于切片组的随机接入过程(当前情况下,UE MAC正在执行基于切片组的随机接入过程,未执行完本次随机接入过程,如果需要基于更新后的第一切片组的标识,重新执行随机接入过程,虽然是重新执行,仍可以理解为执行本次的基于切片组的随机接入过程)。例如,基于更新后的切片组标识(即第一切片组标识)重新发起随机接入过程。In one example, when executing the random access process based on the slice group, no matter which specific process in the random access process is currently executed, the random access process may be re-executed based on the identity of the first slice group. Slice group-based random access process (in the current situation, the UE MAC is executing a slice group-based random access process and has not completed this random access process. If it needs to be based on the updated identity of the first slice group, Re-execution of the random access process, although it is re-execution, can still be understood as execution of this random access process based on the slice group). For example, the random access process is reinitiated based on the updated slice group identifier (ie, the first slice group identifier).
另一种示例中,在所述UE MAC基于所述第一切片组标识,执行所述基于切片组的随机接入过程(即步骤602)之前,所述UE MAC可以先中断正在执行的所述基于切片组的随机接入过程。后续在基于所述第一切片组标识,执行所述基于切片组的随机接入过程时,可以是所述UE MAC基于所述第一切片组标识,继续执行中断执行的所述基于切片组的随机接入过程。先中断,再执行可以避免出现无效的执行过程。In another example, before the UE MAC performs the slice group-based random access process (ie, step 602) based on the first slice group identifier, the UE MAC may first interrupt all processes being executed. Describe the random access process based on slice groups. When subsequently executing the slice group-based random access process based on the first slice group identifier, the UE MAC may continue to execute the interrupted execution of the slice-based random access process based on the first slice group identifier. group random access process. Interrupting first and then executing can avoid invalid execution processes.
UE MAC中断正在执行的基于切片组的随机接入过程,包括但不限于以下的任一项:The UE MAC interrupts the ongoing slice group-based random access process, including but not limited to any of the following:
所述UE MAC选择完随机接入信道分区RACH Partition,则UE MAC中断初始化参数,所述参数包括但不限于以下的一项或多项:随机接入优先级RA-Prioritization、RACH Partition对应的参数;或,After the UE MAC selects the random access channel partition RACH Partition, the UE MAC interrupts the initialization parameters. The parameters include but are not limited to one or more of the following: random access priority RA-Prioritization, parameters corresponding to the RACH Partition. ;or,
所述UE MAC初始化完成参数,则UE MAC中断随机接入RA资源选择流程,所述参数包括但不限于以下的一项或多项:随机接入优先级RA-Priroritization、RACH Partition对应的参数。The UE MAC initialization completes parameters, then the UE MAC interrupts the random access RA resource selection process. The parameters include but are not limited to one or more of the following: parameters corresponding to random access priority RA-Priroritization and RACH Partition.
所述UE MAC基于所述第一切片组标识,继续执行中断执行的所述基于切片组的随机接入过程,具体如下:The UE MAC continues to execute the interrupted random access process based on the slice group based on the first slice group identifier, specifically as follows:
如果UE MAC中断初始化参数,则可以基于新的切片组标识(即第一切片组标识)重 新选择随机接入信道分区RACH Partition,并初始化参数。If the UE MAC interrupts the initialization parameters, it can be reset based on the new slice group identifier (i.e., the first slice group identifier). Newly select the random access channel partition RACH Partition and initialize the parameters.
如果UE MAC中断随机接入RA资源选择流程,则可以继续随机接入RA资源选择流程;或者,UE MAC可以基于新的切片组标识(即第一切片组标识)重新选择随机接入信道分区RACH Partition,初始化参数,并执行随机接入RA资源选择流程。If the UE MAC interrupts the random access RA resource selection process, it can continue the random access RA resource selection process; or, the UE MAC can reselect the random access channel partition based on the new slice group identifier (i.e., the first slice group identifier) RACH Partition, initialize parameters, and perform random access RA resource selection process.
另外,如果UE已经选择的RACH Partition与更新后的切片组标识关联的RACH Partition一致,UE也可以基于更新后的切片组标识重新确定随机接入优先级RA-Prioritization,并对RACH Partition对应的参数和RA-Prioritization初始化,以及后续的随机接入流程。In addition, if the RACH Partition that the UE has selected is consistent with the RACH Partition associated with the updated slice group identifier, the UE can also re-determine the random access priority RA-Prioritization based on the updated slice group identifier, and adjust the parameters corresponding to the RACH Partition. and RA-Prioritization initialization, and subsequent random access process.
在一种可能的实施方式中,可以设置一个定时器,用于确定中断的时间,例如,在所述UE MAC中断正在执行的基于切片组的随机接入过程之前,所述UE MAC还可以确定定时器是否超时,在确定定时器超时的情况下中断正在执行的基于切片组的随机接入过程。在定时器超时后中断当前流程,可以为正在执行的流程预留一定的更新缓冲时间,提高UE行为的连续性。In a possible implementation, a timer can be set to determine the time of interruption. For example, before the UE MAC interrupts the ongoing slice group-based random access process, the UE MAC can also determine Whether the timer times out. If the timer times out, interrupt the ongoing random access process based on the slice group. Interrupting the current process after the timer times out can reserve a certain update buffer time for the process being executed to improve the continuity of UE behavior.
所述定时器的时长值可以是UE MAC配置的(即UE MAC决定该时长值);或者,是所述UE上层配置的(即UE上层决定该时长值,并发送给UE MAC);或者,预配置值(例如协议预先规定的)。所述定时器可以是UE MAC接收第一切片组标识时启动;也可以是UE MAC确定所述第一切片组标识关联的参数,相较与在接收所述第一切片组标识之前所述基于切片组的随机接入过程参考的第二切片组标识关联的参数发生变化(后续介绍该过程)时启动,可以是UE MAC在接收到第三信息(后续介绍该过程)时启动。The duration value of the timer may be configured by the UE MAC (that is, the UE MAC determines the duration value); or, it is configured by the upper layer of the UE (that is, the upper layer of the UE determines the duration value and sends it to the UE MAC); or, Preconfigured values (e.g. pre-specified by the protocol). The timer may be started when the UE MAC receives the first slice group identifier; it may also be started when the UE MAC determines the parameters associated with the first slice group identifier, compared with the time before receiving the first slice group identifier. The slice group-based random access process is started when the parameter associated with the second slice group identifier referenced changes (this process will be introduced later). It may be started when the UE MAC receives the third information (this process will be introduced later).
在一种可能的实现方式中,UE上层还可以在向UE MAC发送第三信息,相应的,所述UE MAC还可以接收来自UE上层的第三信息;其中,所述第三信息指示中断正在执行的所述基于切片组的随机接入过程。进而,所述UE MAC中断正在执行的基于切片组的随机接入过程。该第三信息可以称为中断(break out)指示。该第三信息可以是在第一切片组的标识之前发送;也可以在第一切片组的标识之后发送;还可以与第一切片组的标识同时发送,例如第一切片组的标识和第三信息在同一消息或不同消息中发送。In a possible implementation, the upper layer of the UE may also send third information to the UE MAC. Correspondingly, the UE MAC may also receive the third information from the upper layer of the UE; wherein the third information indicates that the interruption is ongoing. The slice group-based random access process is performed. Furthermore, the UE MAC interrupts the ongoing slice group-based random access process. This third information may be called a break out indication. The third information may be sent before the identifier of the first slice group; it may also be sent after the identifier of the first slice group; it may also be sent at the same time as the identifier of the first slice group, for example, the third information may be sent before the identifier of the first slice group. The identification and third information are sent in the same message or in different messages.
在一种可能的实施方式中,在所述UE MAC基于所述第一切片组标识,执行所述基于切片组的随机接入过程(即步骤602)之前(例如,在所述UE MAC中断正在执行的所述基于切片组的随机接入过程之前),所述UE MAC还可以先确定所述第一切片组标识关联的参数,相较与在接收所述第一切片组标识之前所述基于切片组的随机接入过程参考的第二切片组标识关联的参数是否发生变化,如果发生变化,则执行后续过程,例如执行后续的基于所述第一切片组标识,执行所述基于切片组的随机接入过程,或中断正在执行的所述基于切片组的随机接入过程。如果未发生变化,则可以无需执行后续过程。所述参数包括但不限于以下的一项或多项:随机接入信道区分RACH Partition,随机接入优先级RA-Prioritization。只有在发生变化时才会中断当前执行的随机接入过程,不发生变化则不会中断当前执行的随机接入过程,可以避免UE行为的不连续性。In a possible implementation, before the UE MAC performs the slice group-based random access process (ie, step 602) based on the first slice group identifier (for example, before the UE MAC interrupts Before the random access process based on the slice group is being executed), the UE MAC may also first determine the parameters associated with the first slice group identifier, compared with before receiving the first slice group identifier Whether the parameter associated with the second slice group identifier referenced by the slice group-based random access process changes. If it changes, perform subsequent processes, such as performing subsequent steps based on the first slice group identifier. A slice group-based random access process, or interrupting the slice group-based random access process being executed. If no changes have occurred, subsequent procedures are not required. The parameters include but are not limited to one or more of the following: random access channel differentiation RACH Partition, random access priority RA-Prioritization. Only when a change occurs, the currently executed random access process will be interrupted. If no change occurs, the currently executed random access process will not be interrupted, which can avoid discontinuity in UE behavior.
如图7所示,提供了一种通信流程示意图,包括以下步骤:As shown in Figure 7, a schematic diagram of the communication process is provided, including the following steps:
步骤701:在基于切片组的随机接入过程中,终端设备的上层向终端设备的媒体接入控制层UE MAC发送第一切片组标识,相应的,终端设备的媒体接入控制层UE MAC接收来自终端设备的上层的第一切片组标识,所述第一切片组标识用于触发基于切片组的随 机接入过程。Step 701: In the random access process based on the slice group, the upper layer of the terminal device sends the first slice group identifier to the media access control layer UE MAC of the terminal device. Correspondingly, the media access control layer UE MAC of the terminal device Receive a first slice group identifier from an upper layer of the terminal device, where the first slice group identifier is used to trigger a random slice group-based machine access process.
步骤702:UE MAC将用于触发基于切片组的随机接入的切片组标识更新为所述第一切片组标识。Step 702: The UE MAC updates the slice group identifier used to trigger slice group-based random access to the first slice group identifier.
可选的,步骤703:UE MAC确定所述第一切片组标识关联的参数,相较与在接收所述第一切片组标识之前所述基于切片组的随机接入过程参考的第二切片组标识关联的参数发生变化。Optionally, step 703: UE MAC determines the parameters associated with the first slice group identifier, and compares them with the second parameters referenced by the slice group-based random access process before receiving the first slice group identifier. The parameters associated with the slice group identifier change.
步骤704:所述UE MAC确定定时器超时的情况下中断正在执行的基于切片组的随机接入过程。Step 704: If the UE MAC determines that the timer has expired, interrupt the ongoing random access process based on the slice group.
步骤705:所述UE MAC基于所述第一切片组标识,执行所述基于切片组的随机接入过程。Step 705: The UE MAC performs the random access process based on the slice group based on the first slice group identifier.
如图8所示,提供了一种通信流程示意图,包括以下步骤:As shown in Figure 8, a schematic diagram of the communication process is provided, including the following steps:
步骤801:在基于切片组的随机接入过程中,终端设备的上层向终端设备的媒体接入控制层UE MAC发送第三信息,相应的,终端设备的媒体接入控制层UE MAC接收来自终端设备的上层的第三信息,第三信息指示中断正在执行的所述基于切片组的随机接入过程。Step 801: In the random access process based on the slice group, the upper layer of the terminal device sends the third information to the media access control layer UE MAC of the terminal device. Correspondingly, the media access control layer UE MAC of the terminal device receives the third information from the terminal device. The third information of the upper layer of the device indicates interrupting the random access process based on the slice group being executed.
步骤802:UE MAC中断正在执行的所述基于切片组的随机接入过程。Step 802: UE MAC interrupts the ongoing random access process based on the slice group.
步骤803:终端设备的上层向终端设备的媒体接入控制层UE MAC发送第一切片组标识,相应的,终端设备的媒体接入控制层UE MAC接收来自终端设备的上层的第一切片组标识,所述第一切片组标识用于触发基于切片组的随机接入过程。Step 803: The upper layer of the terminal device sends the first slice group identifier to the media access control layer UE MAC of the terminal device. Correspondingly, the media access control layer UE MAC of the terminal device receives the first slice from the upper layer of the terminal device. Group identifier, the first slice group identifier is used to trigger a random access process based on the slice group.
步骤804:UE MAC将用于触发基于切片组的随机接入的切片组标识更新为所述第一切片组标识。Step 804: The UE MAC updates the slice group identifier used to trigger slice group-based random access to the first slice group identifier.
步骤805:所述UE MAC基于所述第一切片组标识,执行所述基于切片组的随机接入过程。Step 805: The UE MAC performs the random access process based on the slice group based on the first slice group identifier.
如图9所示,提供了另一种通信流程示意图,介绍了正在执行基于切片组的随机接入的UE MAC接收到上层(upper layer)更新的切片组标识时,UE MAC后续的执行过程。该示例也可以看作是一种Slice Group Specific的参数更新方法,即UE MAC基于上层发送的消息更新相关参数,并基于原参数执行本次流程,然后再基于更新后的Slice Group specific参数执行下一次的流程。As shown in Figure 9, another communication flow diagram is provided, which introduces the subsequent execution process of the UE MAC when the UE MAC that is performing random access based on the slice group receives the slice group identifier updated by the upper layer. This example can also be seen as a Slice Group Specific parameter update method, that is, the UE MAC updates relevant parameters based on the message sent by the upper layer, executes this process based on the original parameters, and then executes the next step based on the updated Slice Group specific parameters. A one-time process.
步骤901:在基于切片组的随机接入过程中,终端设备的媒体接入控制层UE MAC接收第一切片组标识,所述第一切片组标识用于触发基于切片组的随机接入过程。Step 901: During the random access process based on the slice group, the media access control layer UE MAC of the terminal device receives the first slice group identifier, and the first slice group identifier is used to trigger the random access based on the slice group. process.
步骤901的过程可以参考步骤601的过程,不再重复赘述。For the process of step 901, reference can be made to the process of step 601, and details will not be repeated.
一种可选的实施方式中,UE MAC将用于触发基于切片组的随机接入的切片组标识更新为所述第一切片组标识,该过程与步骤902的先后顺序不进行限制。In an optional implementation, the UE MAC updates the slice group identifier used to trigger slice group-based random access to the first slice group identifier. The order of this process and step 902 is not limited.
在未接收到第一切片组标识之前,当前正在执行的基于切片组的随机接入过程所参考的第二切片组与该第一切片组不同。Before the first slice group identifier is received, the second slice group referenced by the currently executing slice group-based random access process is different from the first slice group.
在一种可选的实施方式中,UE MAC在接收到第一切片组的标识后,可以先确定所述第一切片组标识对应的优先级是否低于所述基于切片组的随机接入过程参考的第二切片组标识对应的优先级;如果是,再执行后续过程。切片组的优先级越高,表示UE越想发 起属于该切片组的切片业务,在随机接入过程中,通过尽量选择高优先级的切片组来执行随机接入,可以避免在执行随机接入的过程中因为切片组的优先级发生改变而导致本次的随机接入中断,如果更新后的优先级低于正在参考的切片组的优先级,可以没必要更新。In an optional implementation, after receiving the identifier of the first slice group, the UE MAC may first determine whether the priority corresponding to the first slice group identifier is lower than the random access based on the slice group. Enter the priority corresponding to the second slice group identifier referenced by the process; if so, execute the subsequent process. The higher the priority of the slice group, the more the UE wants to send During the random access process of the slice services belonging to the slice group, by trying to select a high-priority slice group to perform random access, you can avoid interruptions due to changes in the priority of the slice group during the random access process. As a result, this random access is interrupted. If the updated priority is lower than the priority of the slice group being referenced, there is no need to update.
步骤902:所述UE MAC基于当前参考的第二切片组的标识,执行完成所述基于切片组的随机接入过程。Step 902: The UE MAC executes and completes the random access process based on the slice group based on the identity of the currently referenced second slice group.
可选的,步骤903:在下一次基于切片组的随机接入过程中,所述UE MAC基于步骤901中接收到的第一切片组的标识执行基于切片组的随机接入流程。Optionally, step 903: In the next slice group-based random access process, the UE MAC performs a slice group-based random access process based on the identity of the first slice group received in step 901.
例如,基于该第一切片组的标识选择随机接入信道分区RACH Partition,初始化参数,选择随机接入RA资源等。所述参数包括但不限于以下的一项或多项:随机接入优先级RA-Prioritization、RACH Partition对应的参数。For example, select a random access channel partition RACH Partition based on the identifier of the first slice group, initialize parameters, select random access RA resources, etc. The parameters include but are not limited to one or more of the following: parameters corresponding to random access priority RA-Prioritization and RACH Partition.
在基于切片组的随机接入过程中,UE MAC在接收到新的切片组标识后,先基于原有的第二切片组继续执行随机接入过程,可以确保UE行为的连续性;并基于新的第一切片组执行下一次随机接入过程,可以满足UE的理想行为。In the random access process based on the slice group, after receiving the new slice group identifier, the UE MAC first continues to perform the random access process based on the original second slice group, which can ensure the continuity of the UE behavior; and based on the new slice group The first slice group performs the next random access process, which can meet the ideal behavior of the UE.
在一种可能的实施方式中,在所述UE MAC基于所述第二切片组标识,执行所述基于切片组的随机接入过程(即步骤902)之前,所述UE MAC还可以先确定所述第一切片组标识关联的参数,相较与在接收所述第一切片组标识之前所述基于切片组的随机接入过程参考的第二切片组标识关联的参数是否发生变化,如果未发生变化,则基于所述第二切片组标识,执行所述基于切片组的随机接入过程。所述参数包括但不限于以下的一项或多项:随机接入信道区分RACH Partition,随机接入优先级RA-Prioritization。In a possible implementation, before the UE MAC performs the slice group-based random access process (ie, step 902) based on the second slice group identifier, the UE MAC may also first determine the Whether the parameters associated with the first slice group identifier have changed compared with the parameters associated with the second slice group identifier referenced by the slice group-based random access process before receiving the first slice group identifier, if If there is no change, the random access process based on the slice group is performed based on the second slice group identifier. The parameters include but are not limited to one or more of the following: random access channel differentiation RACH Partition, random access priority RA-Prioritization.
实施例3:Example 3:
介绍了UE移动后,由源接入网设备移动至目标接入网设备,目标接入网设备获取切片组的优先级的方法。可以是源接入网设备或者核心网设备向目标接入网设备发送切片组的优先级(源接入网设备从核心网处获取到切片组的优先级),进而,所述目标接入网设备可以向终端设备发送所述切片组的优先级,例如通过RRC释放消息向切换后的UE发送切片组的优先级。其中,核心网设备可以是接入管理设备(也可以称为移动管理设备、移动管理网元、接入管理网元),核心网设备例如AMF,以下以核心网设备为AMF为例进行介绍。This article introduces the method for the target access network device to obtain the priority of the slice group after the UE moves from the source access network device to the target access network device. It may be that the source access network device or the core network device sends the priority of the slice group to the target access network device (the source access network device obtains the priority of the slice group from the core network), and then the target access network device The device may send the priority of the slice group to the terminal device, for example, send the priority of the slice group to the UE after the handover through an RRC release message. Among them, the core network device may be an access management device (which may also be called a mobility management device, a mobility management network element, or an access management network element), and the core network device may be, for example, an AMF. The following introduction takes the core network device as an AMF as an example.
一种可能的实现方式中,由源接入网设备直接向目标接入网设备发送切片组优先级。例如,源接入网设备向目标接入网设备发送切换请求(Handover Request),相应的,目标接入网设备接收来自源接入网设备的切换请求(Handover Request),所述切换请求包括:切片组的优先级,所述切片组为所述目标接入网设备支持的切片组(通常该源接入网设备也会支持所述切片组)。可以理解的是,接入网设备互相之间可以知道对方支持哪些切片组。该示例可以适用于XN切换的场景。In one possible implementation manner, the source access network device directly sends the slice group priority to the target access network device. For example, the source access network device sends a handover request (Handover Request) to the target access network device. Correspondingly, the target access network device receives a handover request (Handover Request) from the source access network device. The handover request includes: The priority of the slice group. The slice group is a slice group supported by the target access network device (usually the source access network device also supports the slice group). It is understandable that access network devices can know which slice groups each other supports. This example can be applied to XN switching scenarios.
一种可能的实现方式中,由AMF向目标接入网设备发送切片组优先级。例如,AMF向目标接入网设备发送路径切换请求确认(Path Switch Request Ack),相应的,目标接入网设备接收来自AMF设备发送的路径切换请求确认(Path Switch Request Ack);所述路径切换请求确认包括:切片组的优先级,该切片组为所述目标接入网设备支持的切片组(通常该源接入网设备也会支持所述切片组)。该过程通常发生在目标接入网设备接收来自源接入网设备的切换请求(Handover Request)之后。该示例可以适用于XN切换的场景。 In a possible implementation manner, the AMF sends the slice group priority to the target access network device. For example, the AMF sends a Path Switch Request Ack to the target access network device, and accordingly, the target access network device receives a Path Switch Request Ack sent from the AMF device; the path switching The request confirmation includes: the priority of the slice group, which is a slice group supported by the target access network device (usually the source access network device also supports the slice group). This process usually occurs after the target access network device receives a handover request (Handover Request) from the source access network device. This example can be applied to XN switching scenarios.
一种可能的实现方式中,由AMF向目标接入网设备发送切片组优先级。例如,源接入网设备向AMF发送切换需求(Handover Required),相应的,AMF接收来自源接入网设备的切换需求(Handover Required),该切换需求触发AMF向目标接入网设备发送切换请求,相应的,目标接入网设备接收来自AMF的切换请求,所述切换请求包括:切片组的优先级,该切片组为所述目标接入网设备支持的切片组(通常该源接入网设备也会支持所述切片组)。该示例可以适用于NG切换的场景。In a possible implementation manner, the AMF sends the slice group priority to the target access network device. For example, the source access network device sends a handover request (Handover Required) to the AMF. Correspondingly, the AMF receives a handover request (Handover Required) from the source access network device. The handover requirement triggers the AMF to send a handover request to the target access network device. , Correspondingly, the target access network device receives a handover request from the AMF. The handover request includes: the priority of the slice group. The slice group is a slice group supported by the target access network device (usually the source access network device The device will also support the slice group). This example can be applied to NG switching scenarios.
一种可能的实现方式中,源接入网设备向目标接入网设备发送检索UE上下文响应(Retrieve UE Context Response),相应的,目标接入网设备接收来自源接入网设备的检索UE上下文响应(Retrieve UE Context Response),所述检索UE上下文响应包括:切片组的优先级,所述切片组为所述目标接入网设备支持的切片组(通常该源接入网设备也会支持所述切片组)。可以理解的是,接入网设备互相之间可以知道对方支持哪些切片组。该示例可以适用于跨接入网设备进行重建、建立、恢复的场景,源接入网设备可以在接收到来自目标接入网设备发送检索UE上下文请求(Retrieve UE Context Request)后,才向目标接入网设备发送检索UE上下文响应。In a possible implementation, the source access network device sends a Retrieve UE Context Response (Retrieve UE Context Response) to the target access network device, and accordingly, the target access network device receives the Retrieve UE Context from the source access network device. Response (Retrieve UE Context Response), the retrieval UE context response includes: the priority of the slice group, the slice group is the slice group supported by the target access network device (usually the source access network device will also support all (described slice group). It is understandable that access network devices can know which slice groups each other supports. This example can be applied to scenarios of reconstruction, establishment, and recovery across access network devices. The source access network device can send a Retrieve UE Context Request (Retrieve UE Context Request) to the target after receiving the request from the target access network device. The access network device sends a response to retrieve the UE context.
实施例4:Example 4:
介绍了向接入网设备和UE配置切片组的映射关系的方法。This article introduces the method of configuring the mapping relationship of slice groups to access network equipment and UE.
一种示例中,操作、管理和维护(operation administration and maintenance,OAM)设备向接入网设备发送(发送可以理解为配置)第三切片组与切片的映射关系、第四切片组与切片的映射关系;接入网设备再向UE发送第三切片组与切片的映射关系、第四切片组与切片的映射关系。In one example, the operation, management and maintenance (OAM) device sends to the access network device (sending can be understood as configuration) the mapping relationship between the third slice group and the slice, and the mapping relationship between the fourth slice group and the slice. relationship; the access network device then sends the mapping relationship between the third slice group and the slice, and the mapping relationship between the fourth slice group and the slice to the UE.
其中,所述第三切片组和所述第四切片组用于不同的作用,例如第三切片组用于小区重选,第四切片组用于随机接入。切片组的作用可以由指示信息来指示时,例如在发送切片组的映射关系时,还可以发送指示信息,指示信息指示该切片组的映射关系的作用。例如在发送第三切片组与切片的映射关系,还可以发送指示信息来指示该第三切片组与切片组的映射关系用于小区重选;例如,在发送第四切片组与切片的映射关系,还可以发送指示信息来指示该第四切片组与切片组的映射关系用于随机接入。切片组的作用还可以由协议来约定,例如协议约定某些编号的切片组的作用,例如协议约定,编号0-49的切片组的作用为小区重选,编号50-99的切片组的作用为随机接入。The third slice group and the fourth slice group are used for different functions, for example, the third slice group is used for cell reselection, and the fourth slice group is used for random access. When the role of the slice group can be indicated by indication information, for example, when sending the mapping relationship of the slice group, the indication information can also be sent, and the indication information indicates the role of the mapping relationship of the slice group. For example, when sending the mapping relationship between the third slice group and the slice, indication information may also be sent to indicate that the mapping relationship between the third slice group and the slice group is used for cell reselection; for example, when sending the mapping relationship between the fourth slice group and the slice , indication information may also be sent to indicate the mapping relationship between the fourth slice group and the slice group for random access. The role of the slice group can also be stipulated by the protocol. For example, the protocol stipulates the role of certain numbered slice groups. For example, the protocol stipulates that the role of the slice group numbered 0-49 is cell reselection, and the role of the slice group numbered 50-99. for random access.
另外,所述第三切片组的映射关系和所述第四切片组的映射关系完全不同或部分不同,例如,第三切片组与切片#1、切片#2、切片#3存在映射关系,第四切片组与切片#1、切片#2、切片#4存在映射关系,或,第四切片组与切片#4、切片#5、切片#6存在映射关系。In addition, the mapping relationship of the third slice group is completely or partially different from the mapping relationship of the fourth slice group. For example, the third slice group has a mapping relationship with slice #1, slice #2, and slice #3. There is a mapping relationship between the four slice groups and slice #1, slice #2, and slice #4, or there is a mapping relationship between the fourth slice group and slice #4, slice #5, and slice #6.
对于第三切片组及对应的作用和指示信息、第四切片组及对应的作用和指示信息的介绍,也可以适用于后续的示例。The introduction of the third slice group and its corresponding functions and instruction information, and the fourth slice group and its corresponding functions and instruction information can also be applied to subsequent examples.
例如,OAM设备向接入网设备发送(发送可以理解为配置)所述接入网设备所属的跟踪区内的用于小区重选的第三切片组与切片的映射关系和用于随机接入的第四切片组和切片之间的映射关系。For example, the OAM device sends to the access network device (sending can be understood as configuration) the mapping relationship between the third slice group and slices used for cell reselection and the slice used for random access in the tracking area to which the access network device belongs. The mapping relationship between the fourth slice group and the slices.
例如,接入网设备向UE发送所述UE当前所在的跟踪区及邻近跟踪区内用于小区重选的第三切片组与切片的映射关系和用于随机接入的第四切片组和切片之间的映射关系。For example, the access network device sends to the UE the mapping relationship between the third slice group and slices used for cell reselection in the tracking area where the UE is currently located and adjacent tracking areas, and the fourth slice group and slices used for random access. mapping relationship between them.
一种示例中,OAM设备向接入网设备发送(发送可以理解为配置)第三切片组与切 片的映射关系、第四切片组与切片的映射关系。接入网设备向核心网设备发送第三切片组与切片的映射关系、第四切片组与切片的映射关系。核心网设备向UE发送第三切片组与切片的映射关系、第四切片组与切片的映射关系。其中,核心网设备可以是接入管理设备(也可以称为移动管理设备、移动管理网元、接入管理网元),核心网设备例如AMF,以下以核心网设备为AMF为例进行介绍。In one example, the OAM device sends (the sending can be understood as configuration) the third slice group and the switch to the access network device. The mapping relationship between slices and the mapping relationship between the fourth slice group and slices. The access network device sends the mapping relationship between the third slice group and the slice and the mapping relationship between the fourth slice group and the slice to the core network device. The core network device sends the mapping relationship between the third slice group and the slice and the mapping relationship between the fourth slice group and the slice to the UE. Among them, the core network device may be an access management device (which may also be called a mobility management device, a mobility management network element, or an access management network element), and the core network device may be, for example, an AMF. The following introduction takes the core network device as an AMF as an example.
例如,OAM设备向接入网设备发送(发送可以理解为配置)所述接入网设备所属的跟踪区内的用于小区重选的第三切片组与切片的映射关系和用于随机接入的第四切片组和切片之间的映射关系。例如,接入网设备将所述接入网设备所属的跟踪区内的用于小区重选的第三切片组与切片的映射关系和用于随机接入的第四切片组和切片之间的映射关系发送至AMF。For example, the OAM device sends to the access network device (sending can be understood as configuration) the mapping relationship between the third slice group and slices used for cell reselection and the slice used for random access in the tracking area to which the access network device belongs. The mapping relationship between the fourth slice group and the slices. For example, the access network device determines the mapping relationship between the third slice group and slices used for cell reselection and the mapping relationship between the fourth slice group and slices used for random access in the tracking area to which the access network device belongs. The mapping relationship is sent to AMF.
例如,AMF向UE发送所述UE当前所在的跟踪区及邻近跟踪区内用于小区重选的第三切片组与切片的映射关系和用于随机接入的第四切片组和切片之间的映射关系。For example, the AMF sends to the UE the mapping relationship between the third slice group and slices used for cell reselection in the tracking area where the UE is currently located and adjacent tracking areas, and the mapping relationship between the fourth slice group and slices used for random access. Mapping relations.
一种示例中,OAM设备向核心网设备发送(发送可以理解为配置)第三切片组与切片的映射关系、第四切片组与切片的映射关系;核心网设备向接入网设备发送第三切片组与切片的映射关系、第四切片组与切片的映射关系;接入网设备再向UE发送第三切片组与切片的映射关系、第四切片组与切片的映射关系。其中,核心网设备可以是接入管理设备(也可以称为移动管理设备、移动管理网元、接入管理网元),核心网设备例如AMF,以下以核心网设备为AMF为例进行介绍。In one example, the OAM device sends (sending can be understood as configuration) the mapping relationship between the third slice group and the slice, and the mapping relationship between the fourth slice group and the slice to the core network device; the core network device sends the third slice group to the access network device. The mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice, and the mapping relationship between the fourth slice group and the slice; the access network device then sends the mapping relationship between the third slice group and the slice, and the mapping relationship between the fourth slice group and the slice to the UE. Among them, the core network device may be an access management device (which may also be called a mobility management device, a mobility management network element, or an access management network element), and the core network device may be, for example, an AMF. The following introduction takes the core network device as an AMF as an example.
例如,OAM向AMF发送(发送可以理解为配置)与所述AMF相连的接入网设备所属的跟踪区内的用于小区重选的第三切片组与切片的映射关系和用于随机接入的第四切片组和切片之间的映射关系。For example, the OAM sends to the AMF (sending can be understood as configuration) the mapping relationship between the third slice group and slices used for cell reselection and the slice used for random access in the tracking area to which the access network device connected to the AMF belongs. The mapping relationship between the fourth slice group and the slices.
例如,AMF将与所述AMF相连的接入网设备所属的跟踪区内的用于小区重选的第三切片组与切片的映射关系和用于随机接入的第四切片组和切片之间的映射关系发送至所述与所述AMF相连的接入网设备。For example, the AMF combines the mapping relationship between the third slice group and slices used for cell reselection in the tracking area to which the access network device connected to the AMF belongs, and the mapping relationship between the fourth slice group and slices used for random access. The mapping relationship is sent to the access network device connected to the AMF.
例如,接入网设备向UE发送所述UE当前所在的跟踪区及邻近跟踪区内用于小区重选的第三切片组与切片的映射关系和用于随机接入的第四切片组和切片之间的映射关系。For example, the access network device sends to the UE the mapping relationship between the third slice group and slices used for cell reselection in the tracking area where the UE is currently located and adjacent tracking areas, and the fourth slice group and slices used for random access. mapping relationship between them.
一种示例中,OAM设备向核心网设备发送(发送可以理解为配置)第三切片组与切片的映射关系、第四切片组与切片的映射关系;核心网设备向UE发送第三切片组与切片的映射关系、第四切片组与切片的映射关系。其中,核心网设备可以是接入管理设备(也可以称为移动管理设备、移动管理网元、接入管理网元),核心网设备例如AMF,以下以核心网设备为AMF为例进行介绍。In one example, the OAM device sends to the core network device (sending can be understood as configuration) the mapping relationship between the third slice group and the slice, and the mapping relationship between the fourth slice group and the slice; the core network device sends the third slice group and the mapping relationship to the UE. The mapping relationship between slices and the mapping relationship between the fourth slice group and slices. Among them, the core network device may be an access management device (which may also be called a mobility management device, a mobility management network element, or an access management network element), and the core network device may be, for example, an AMF. The following introduction takes the core network device as an AMF as an example.
例如,OAM向AMF发送(发送可以理解为配置)与所述AMF相连的接入网设备所属的跟踪区内的用于小区重选的第三切片组与切片的映射关系和用于随机接入的第四切片组和切片之间的映射关系。For example, the OAM sends to the AMF (sending can be understood as configuration) the mapping relationship between the third slice group and slices used for cell reselection and the slice used for random access in the tracking area to which the access network device connected to the AMF belongs. The mapping relationship between the fourth slice group and the slices.
例如,AMF向UE发送所述UE当前所在的跟踪区及邻近跟踪区内用于小区重选的第三切片组与切片的映射关系和用于随机接入的第四切片组和切片之间的映射关系。For example, the AMF sends to the UE the mapping relationship between the third slice group and slices used for cell reselection in the tracking area where the UE is currently located and adjacent tracking areas, and the mapping relationship between the fourth slice group and slices used for random access. Mapping relations.
可选的,AMF将与所述AMF相连的接入网设备所属的跟踪区内的用于小区重选的第三切片组与切片的映射关系和用于随机接入的第四切片组和切片之间的映射关系发送至 所述与所述AMF相连的接入网设备。该过程是为了让接入网设备和AMF对齐关于切片组映射关系的理解,与UE如何获取到切片组映射关系无关。Optionally, the AMF determines the mapping relationship between the third slice group and slices used for cell reselection and the fourth slice group and slices used for random access in the tracking area to which the access network device connected to the AMF belongs. The mapping relationship between is sent to The access network equipment connected to the AMF. This process is to allow the access network equipment and the AMF to align their understanding of the slice group mapping relationship, and has nothing to do with how the UE obtains the slice group mapping relationship.
在发送映射关系时,第三切片组与切片的映射关系、第四切片组与切片的映射关系可以同一条消息中发送,也可以在不同的消息中发送。When sending the mapping relationship, the mapping relationship between the third slice group and the slices and the mapping relationship between the fourth slice group and the slices can be sent in the same message or in different messages.
当不同用途的切片组的映射关系不同,或一个切片可以同时属于两个不同用途的切片组时,CN或者接入网设备可以向UE分别发送不同用途的切片组的映射关系,从而UE可以基于该映射关系正确进行后续的小区重选或者随机接入流程。When the mapping relationships of slice groups for different purposes are different, or a slice can belong to two slice groups for different purposes at the same time, the CN or the access network device can send the mapping relationships of the slice groups for different purposes to the UE respectively, so that the UE can This mapping relationship can correctly perform subsequent cell reselection or random access procedures.
实施例5:Example 5:
介绍了向接入网设备和UE配置切片组的映射关系的方法。This article introduces the method of configuring the mapping relationship of slice groups to access network equipment and UE.
一种示例中,OAM设备为接入网设备配置用于小区重选的切片组与切片的映射关系、及用于随机接入的切片组与切片的映射关系;接入网设备再向UE发送用于小区重选的切片组与切片的映射关系和/或用于随机接入的切片组与切片的映射关系。In one example, the OAM device configures the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice for cell reselection and the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice for random access for the access network device; the access network device then sends the mapping relationship to the UE. The mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for cell reselection and/or the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for random access.
如图10所示,提供了一种通信流程示意图,包括以下步骤:As shown in Figure 10, a schematic diagram of the communication process is provided, including the following steps:
步骤101:OAM设备为接入网设备配置所述接入网设备所属的跟踪区内的用于小区重选的切片组与切片的映射关系和用于随机接入的切片组与切片的映射关系。Step 101: The OAM device configures for the access network device the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for cell reselection and the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for random access in the tracking area to which the access network device belongs. .
步骤102:UE可以向接入网设备发送指示信息。Step 102: The UE may send indication information to the access network device.
一种可选的示例中,所述指示信息可以用于指示以下的一项或多项:所述UE支持基于切片组进行小区重选、所述UE不支持基于切片组进行小区重选、所述UE支持基于切片组进行随机接入、所述UE不支持基于切片组进行随机接入。该指示信息也可以称为能力信息。In an optional example, the indication information may be used to indicate one or more of the following: the UE supports cell reselection based on a slice group, the UE does not support cell reselection based on a slice group, the The UE supports random access based on slice groups, and the UE does not support random access based on slice groups. This instruction information may also be called capability information.
例如,UE如果支持基于切片组的小区重选和/或随机接入,则将对应能力的标识位设置为enable,并发送给接入网设备,反之,则将对应能力的标识位设置为disable并发送给接入网设备。另一种示例中,当UE不支持某种能力(例如不支持基于切片组的随机接入或不支持基于切片组的小区重选)时,可以不向接入网设备发送不支持该种能力,即UE未发送支持某种能力,则可以认为UE不支持该种能力。For example, if the UE supports cell reselection and/or random access based on slice groups, it will set the identification bit of the corresponding capability to enable and send it to the access network device. Otherwise, it will set the identification bit of the corresponding capability to disable. and sent to the access network equipment. In another example, when the UE does not support a certain capability (for example, does not support slice group-based random access or does not support slice group-based cell reselection), it may not send a message that it does not support the capability to the access network device. , that is, if the UE does not send support for a certain capability, it can be considered that the UE does not support this capability.
另一种可选的示例中,所述指示信息用于指示以下的一项或多项:UE需要基于切片组进行小区重选、UE需要用于小区重选的切片组与切片的映射关系、UE需要基于切片组进行随机接入、UE需要用于随机接入的切片组与切片的映射关系。In another optional example, the indication information is used to indicate one or more of the following: the UE needs to perform cell reselection based on the slice group, the UE needs to use the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice for cell reselection, The UE needs to perform random access based on the slice group, and the UE needs the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice for random access.
例如,当UE NAS确定需要进行基于切片组的小区重选或者进行基于切片组的随机接入过程时,UE NAS向UE AS发送对应的指示信息,然后UE AS再向接入网设备发送该指示信息。For example, when the UE NAS determines that cell reselection based on a slice group or a random access process based on a slice group is required, the UE NAS sends corresponding instruction information to the UE AS, and then the UE AS sends the instruction to the access network device. information.
步骤103:接入网设备根据UE发送的指示信息,向UE发送所述UE当前所在的跟踪区及邻近跟踪区内用于小区重选的切片组与切片的映射关系和/或用于随机接入的切片组与切片的映射关系。Step 103: According to the instruction information sent by the UE, the access network device sends to the UE the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for cell reselection in the tracking area where the UE is currently located and adjacent tracking areas and/or for random access. The mapping relationship between the input slice group and the slice.
例如,当指示信息指示UE支持基于切片组进行小区重选、或UE需要基于切片组进行小区重选、或UE需要用于小区重选的切片组与切片的映射关系时,接入网设备向UE发送所述UE当前所在的跟踪区及邻近跟踪区内用于小区重选的切片组与切片的映射关系。For example, when the indication information indicates that the UE supports cell reselection based on the slice group, or the UE needs to perform cell reselection based on the slice group, or the UE needs the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for cell reselection, the access network device reports to The UE sends the mapping relationship between slice groups and slices used for cell reselection in the tracking area where the UE is currently located and adjacent tracking areas.
例如,当指示信息指示UE支持基于切片组进行随机接入、或UE需要基于切片组进行随机接入、或UE需要用于随机接入的切片组与切片的映射关系时,接入网设备向UE发送所述UE当前所在的跟踪区及邻近跟踪区内用于随机接入的切片组与切片的映射关系。 For example, when the indication information indicates that the UE supports random access based on the slice group, or the UE needs to perform random access based on the slice group, or the UE needs the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice for random access, the access network device reports to The UE sends the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for random access in the tracking area where the UE is currently located and adjacent tracking areas.
一种示例中,OAM设备为接入网设备配置用于小区重选的切片组与切片的映射关系、及用于随机接入的切片组与切片的映射关系。接入网设备向核心网设备发送用于小区重选的切片组与切片的映射关系、及用于随机接入的切片组与切片的映射关系。核心网设备再向UE发送用于小区重选的切片组与切片的映射关系和/或用于随机接入的切片组与切片的映射关系。其中,核心网设备可以是接入管理设备(也可以称为移动管理设备、移动管理网元、接入管理网元),核心网设备例如AMF。In one example, the OAM device configures the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice for cell reselection and the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice for random access for the access network device. The access network device sends to the core network device the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for cell reselection, and the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for random access. The core network device then sends the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for cell reselection and/or the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for random access to the UE. The core network device may be an access management device (which may also be called a mobility management device, a mobility management network element, or an access management network element), and the core network device may be an AMF.
如图11所示,提供了一种通信流程示意图,以核心网设备为AMF为例进行介绍,包括以下步骤:As shown in Figure 11, a schematic diagram of the communication process is provided. Taking the core network device as AMF as an example, the introduction includes the following steps:
步骤111:OAM设备为接入网设备配置所述接入网设备所属的跟踪区内的用于小区重选的切片组与切片的映射关系和用于随机接入的切片组与切片的映射关系。Step 111: The OAM device configures for the access network device the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for cell reselection and the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for random access in the tracking area to which the access network device belongs. .
步骤112:接入网设备向AMF发送用于小区重选的切片组与切片的映射关系、及用于随机接入的切片组与切片的映射关系。Step 112: The access network device sends to the AMF the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for cell reselection, and the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for random access.
例如,接入网设备将所述接入网设备所属的跟踪区内的用于小区重选的切片组与切片的映射关系和用于随机接入的切片组与切片的映射关系发送至AMF。For example, the access network device sends the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for cell reselection and the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for random access in the tracking area to which the access network device belongs to the AMF.
步骤113:UE可以向AMF发送指示信息。Step 113: The UE may send indication information to the AMF.
UE向AMF发送指示信息时,可以是UE直接将指示信息发送给AMF,例如通过NAS信令将指示信息发送给AMF;也可以是UE先将指示信息发送给接入网设备,再由接入网设备发送给AMF。When the UE sends the indication information to the AMF, the UE can directly send the indication information to the AMF, for example, through NAS signaling; it can also be that the UE first sends the indication information to the access network device, and then the access network device network device is sent to AMF.
一种可选的示例中,所述指示信息可以用于指示以下的一项或多项:所述UE支持基于切片组进行小区重选、所述UE不支持基于切片组进行小区重选、所述UE支持基于切片组进行随机接入、所述UE不支持基于切片组进行随机接入。该指示信息也可以称为能力信息。In an optional example, the indication information may be used to indicate one or more of the following: the UE supports cell reselection based on a slice group, the UE does not support cell reselection based on a slice group, the The UE supports random access based on slice groups, and the UE does not support random access based on slice groups. This instruction information may also be called capability information.
例如,UE如果支持基于切片组的小区重选和/或随机接入,则将对应能力的标识位设置为enable,并发送给接入网设备或AMF,反之,则将对应能力的标识位设置为disable并发送给接入网设备或AMF。另一种示例中,当UE不支持某种能力(例如不支持基于切片组的随机接入或不支持基于切片组的小区重选)时,可以不向接入网设备或AMF发送不支持该种能力,即UE未发送支持某种能力,则可以认为UE不支持该种能力。For example, if the UE supports cell reselection and/or random access based on slice groups, it will set the flag bit of the corresponding capability to enable and send it to the access network device or AMF. Otherwise, it will set the flag bit of the corresponding capability. is disabled and sent to the access network device or AMF. In another example, when the UE does not support a certain capability (for example, does not support slice group-based random access or does not support slice group-based cell reselection), it may not send a message indicating that it does not support the capability to the access network device or AMF. If the UE does not support a certain capability, it can be considered that the UE does not support the capability.
另一种可选的示例中,所述指示信息用于指示以下的一项或多项:UE需要基于切片组进行小区重选、UE需要用于小区重选的切片组与切片的映射关系、UE需要基于切片组进行随机接入、UE需要用于随机接入的切片组与切片的映射关系。In another optional example, the indication information is used to indicate one or more of the following: the UE needs to perform cell reselection based on the slice group, the UE needs to use the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice for cell reselection, The UE needs to perform random access based on the slice group, and the UE needs the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice for random access.
例如,当UE NAS确定需要进行基于切片组的小区重选或者进行基于切片组的随机接入过程时,UE NAS向UE AS发送对应的指示信息,然后UE AS再向接入网设备发送该指示信息,接入网设备还可以将该指示信息发送给AMF。For example, when the UE NAS determines that cell reselection based on a slice group or a random access process based on a slice group is required, the UE NAS sends corresponding instruction information to the UE AS, and then the UE AS sends the instruction to the access network device. information, the access network equipment can also send the indication information to the AMF.
步骤114:AMF根据指示信息,向UE发送所述UE当前所在的跟踪区及邻近跟踪区内用于小区重选的切片组与切片的映射关系和/或用于随机接入的切片组与切片的映射关系。Step 114: According to the instruction information, the AMF sends to the UE the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for cell reselection in the tracking area where the UE is currently located and the adjacent tracking area and/or the slice group and slice used for random access. mapping relationship.
例如,当指示信息指示UE支持基于切片组进行小区重选、或UE需要基于切片组进行小区重选、或UE需要用于小区重选的切片组与切片的映射关系时,AMF向UE发送所述UE当前所在的跟踪区及邻近跟踪区内用于小区重选的切片组与切片的映射关系。For example, when the indication information indicates that the UE supports cell reselection based on the slice group, or the UE needs to perform cell reselection based on the slice group, or the UE needs the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for cell reselection, the AMF sends the required information to the UE. Describes the mapping relationship between slice groups and slices used for cell reselection in the tracking area where the UE is currently located and adjacent tracking areas.
例如,当指示信息指示UE支持基于切片组进行随机接入、或UE需要基于切片组进 行随机接入、或UE需要用于随机接入的切片组与切片的映射关系时,AMF向UE发送所述UE当前所在的跟踪区及邻近跟踪区内用于随机接入的切片组与切片的映射关系。For example, when the indication information indicates that the UE supports random access based on the slice group, or the UE needs to perform random access based on the slice group, When performing random access, or the UE needs the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for random access, the AMF sends to the UE the slice group and slice used for random access in the tracking area where the UE is currently located and the adjacent tracking area. mapping relationship.
一种示例中,OAM设备为核心网设备配置用于小区重选的切片组与切片的映射关系、及用于随机接入的切片组与切片的映射关系。核心网设备向接入网设备发送用于小区重选的切片组与切片的映射关系、及用于随机接入的切片组与切片的映射关系。接入网设备再向UE发送用于小区重选的切片组与切片的映射关系和/或用于随机接入的切片组与切片的映射关系。其中,核心网设备可以是接入管理设备(也可以称为移动管理设备、移动管理网元、接入管理网元),核心网设备例如AMF。In one example, the OAM device configures the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice for cell reselection and the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice for random access for the core network device. The core network device sends to the access network device the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for cell reselection, and the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for random access. The access network device then sends the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for cell reselection and/or the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for random access to the UE. The core network device may be an access management device (which may also be called a mobility management device, a mobility management network element, or an access management network element), and the core network device may be an AMF.
如图12所示,提供了一种通信流程示意图,以核心网设备为AMF为例进行介绍,包括以下步骤:As shown in Figure 12, a schematic diagram of the communication process is provided. Taking the core network device as AMF as an example, the introduction includes the following steps:
步骤121:OAM设备为AMF配置用于小区重选的切片组与切片的映射关系和用于随机接入的切片组与切片的映射关系。Step 121: The OAM device configures the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for cell reselection and the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for random access for the AMF.
步骤122:AMF向接入网设备发送用于小区重选的切片组与切片的映射关系、及用于随机接入的切片组与切片的映射关系。Step 122: The AMF sends the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for cell reselection and the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for random access to the access network device.
例如,AMF将与所述AMF相连的接入网设备所属的跟踪区内的用于小区重选的切片组与切片的映射关系和用于随机接入的切片组与切片的映射关系发送至与所述AMF相连的接入网设备。For example, the AMF sends the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for cell reselection and the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for random access in the tracking area to which the access network device connected to the AMF belongs. Access network equipment connected to the AMF.
步骤123:UE可以向接入网设备发送指示信息。Step 123: The UE may send indication information to the access network device.
一种可选的示例中,所述指示信息可以用于指示以下的一项或多项:所述UE支持基于切片组进行小区重选、所述UE不支持基于切片组进行小区重选、所述UE支持基于切片组进行随机接入、所述UE不支持基于切片组进行随机接入。该指示信息也可以称为能力信息。In an optional example, the indication information may be used to indicate one or more of the following: the UE supports cell reselection based on a slice group, the UE does not support cell reselection based on a slice group, the The UE supports random access based on slice groups, and the UE does not support random access based on slice groups. This instruction information may also be called capability information.
例如,UE如果支持基于切片组的小区重选和/或随机接入,则将对应能力的标识位设置为enable,并发送给接入网设备,反之,则将对应能力的标识位设置为disable并发送给接入网设备。另一种示例中,当UE不支持某种能力(例如不支持基于切片组的随机接入或不支持基于切片组的小区重选)时,可以不向接入网设备发送不支持该种能力,即UE未发送支持某种能力,则可以认为UE不支持该种能力。For example, if the UE supports cell reselection and/or random access based on slice groups, it will set the identification bit of the corresponding capability to enable and send it to the access network device. Otherwise, it will set the identification bit of the corresponding capability to disable. and sent to the access network equipment. In another example, when the UE does not support a certain capability (for example, does not support slice group-based random access or does not support slice group-based cell reselection), it may not send a message that it does not support the capability to the access network device. , that is, if the UE does not send support for a certain capability, it can be considered that the UE does not support this capability.
另一种可选的示例中,所述指示信息用于指示以下的一项或多项:UE需要基于切片组进行小区重选、UE需要用于小区重选的切片组与切片的映射关系、UE需要基于切片组进行随机接入、UE需要用于随机接入的切片组与切片的映射关系。In another optional example, the indication information is used to indicate one or more of the following: the UE needs to perform cell reselection based on the slice group, the UE needs to use the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice for cell reselection, The UE needs to perform random access based on the slice group, and the UE needs the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice for random access.
例如,当UE NAS确定需要进行基于切片组的小区重选或者进行基于切片组的随机接入过程时,UE NAS向UE AS发送对应的指示信息,然后UE AS再向接入网设备发送该指示信息。For example, when the UE NAS determines that cell reselection based on a slice group or a random access process based on a slice group is required, the UE NAS sends corresponding instruction information to the UE AS, and then the UE AS sends the instruction to the access network device. information.
步骤124:接入网设备根据UE发送的指示信息,向UE发送所述UE当前所在的跟踪区及邻近跟踪区内用于小区重选的切片组与切片的映射关系和/或用于随机接入的切片组与切片的映射关系。Step 124: According to the instruction information sent by the UE, the access network device sends to the UE the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for cell reselection in the tracking area where the UE is currently located and adjacent tracking areas and/or for random access. The mapping relationship between the input slice group and the slice.
例如,当指示信息指示UE支持基于切片组进行小区重选、或UE需要基于切片组进行小区重选、或UE需要用于小区重选的切片组与切片的映射关系时,接入网设备向UE发送所述UE当前所在的跟踪区及邻近跟踪区内用于小区重选的切片组与切片的映射关系。 For example, when the indication information indicates that the UE supports cell reselection based on the slice group, or the UE needs to perform cell reselection based on the slice group, or the UE needs the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for cell reselection, the access network device reports to The UE sends the mapping relationship between slice groups and slices used for cell reselection in the tracking area where the UE is currently located and adjacent tracking areas.
例如,当指示信息指示UE支持基于切片组进行随机接入、或UE需要基于切片组进行随机接入、或UE需要用于随机接入的切片组与切片的映射关系时,接入网设备向UE发送所述UE当前所在的跟踪区及邻近跟踪区内用于随机接入的切片组与切片的映射关系。For example, when the indication information indicates that the UE supports random access based on the slice group, or the UE needs to perform random access based on the slice group, or the UE needs the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice for random access, the access network device reports to The UE sends the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for random access in the tracking area where the UE is currently located and adjacent tracking areas.
一种示例中,OAM设备为核心网设备配置用于小区重选的切片组与切片的映射关系、及用于随机接入的切片组与切片的映射关系。核心网设备向UE发送用于小区重选的切片组与切片的映射关系和/或用于随机接入的切片组与切片的映射关系。其中,核心网设备可以是接入管理设备(也可以称为移动管理设备、移动管理网元、接入管理网元),核心网设备例如AMF。In one example, the OAM device configures the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice for cell reselection and the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice for random access for the core network device. The core network device sends to the UE the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for cell reselection and/or the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for random access. The core network device may be an access management device (which may also be called a mobility management device, a mobility management network element, or an access management network element), and the core network device may be an AMF.
如图13所示,提供了一种通信流程示意图,以核心网设备为AMF为例进行介绍,包括以下步骤:As shown in Figure 13, a schematic diagram of the communication process is provided. Taking the core network device as AMF as an example, the introduction includes the following steps:
步骤131:OAM设备为AMF配置用于小区重选的切片组与切片的映射关系和用于随机接入的切片组与切片的映射关系。Step 131: The OAM device configures the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for cell reselection and the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for random access for the AMF.
可选的,步骤132:AMF向接入网设备发送用于小区重选的切片组与切片的映射关系、及用于随机接入的切片组与切片的映射关系。Optionally, step 132: The AMF sends the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for cell reselection and the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for random access to the access network device.
例如,AMF将与所述AMF相连的接入网设备所属的跟踪区内的用于小区重选的切片组与切片的映射关系和用于随机接入的切片组与切片的映射关系发送至与所述AMF相连的接入网设备。该过程是为了让接入网设备和AMF对齐关于切片组映射关系的理解,与UE如何获取到切片组映射关系无关。For example, the AMF sends the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for cell reselection and the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for random access in the tracking area to which the access network device connected to the AMF belongs. Access network equipment connected to the AMF. This process is to allow the access network equipment and the AMF to align their understanding of the slice group mapping relationship, and has nothing to do with how the UE obtains the slice group mapping relationship.
步骤133:UE可以向AMF发送指示信息。Step 133: The UE may send indication information to the AMF.
UE向AMF发送指示信息时,可以是UE直接将指示信息发送给AMF,例如通过NAS信令将指示信息发送给AMF;也可以是UE先将指示信息发送给接入网设备,再由接入网设备发送给AMF。When the UE sends the indication information to the AMF, the UE can directly send the indication information to the AMF, for example, through NAS signaling; it can also be that the UE first sends the indication information to the access network device, and then the access network device network device is sent to AMF.
一种可选的示例中,所述指示信息可以用于指示以下的一项或多项:所述UE支持基于切片组进行小区重选、所述UE不支持基于切片组进行小区重选、所述UE支持基于切片组进行随机接入、所述UE不支持基于切片组进行随机接入。该指示信息也可以称为能力信息。In an optional example, the indication information may be used to indicate one or more of the following: the UE supports cell reselection based on a slice group, the UE does not support cell reselection based on a slice group, the The UE supports random access based on slice groups, and the UE does not support random access based on slice groups. This instruction information may also be called capability information.
例如,UE如果支持基于切片组的小区重选和/或随机接入,则将对应能力的标识位设置为enable,并发送给接入网设备或AMF,反之,则将对应能力的标识位设置为disable并发送给接入网设备或AMF。另一种示例中,当UE不支持某种能力(例如不支持基于切片组的随机接入或不支持基于切片组的小区重选)时,可以不向接入网设备或AMF发送不支持该种能力,即UE未发送支持某种能力,则可以认为UE不支持该种能力。For example, if the UE supports cell reselection and/or random access based on slice groups, it will set the flag bit of the corresponding capability to enable and send it to the access network device or AMF. Otherwise, it will set the flag bit of the corresponding capability. is disabled and sent to the access network device or AMF. In another example, when the UE does not support a certain capability (for example, does not support slice group-based random access or does not support slice group-based cell reselection), it may not send a message indicating that it does not support the capability to the access network device or AMF. If the UE does not support a certain capability, it can be considered that the UE does not support the capability.
另一种可选的示例中,所述指示信息用于指示以下的一项或多项:UE需要基于切片组进行小区重选、UE需要用于小区重选的切片组与切片的映射关系、UE需要基于切片组进行随机接入、UE需要用于随机接入的切片组与切片的映射关系。In another optional example, the indication information is used to indicate one or more of the following: the UE needs to perform cell reselection based on the slice group, the UE needs to use the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice for cell reselection, The UE needs to perform random access based on the slice group, and the UE needs the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice for random access.
例如,当UE NAS确定需要进行基于切片组的小区重选或者进行基于切片组的随机接入过程时,UE NAS向UE AS发送对应的指示信息,然后UE AS再向接入网设备发送该指示信息,接入网设备还可以将该指示信息发送给AMF。For example, when the UE NAS determines that cell reselection based on a slice group or a random access process based on a slice group is required, the UE NAS sends corresponding instruction information to the UE AS, and then the UE AS sends the instruction to the access network device. information, the access network equipment can also send the indication information to the AMF.
步骤134:AMF根据指示信息,向UE发送所述UE当前所在的跟踪区及邻近跟踪区内用于小区重选的切片组与切片的映射关系和/或用于随机接入的切片组与切片的映射关 系。Step 134: According to the instruction information, the AMF sends to the UE the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for cell reselection in the tracking area where the UE is currently located and the adjacent tracking area and/or the slice group and slice used for random access. mapping Tie.
例如,当指示信息指示UE支持基于切片组进行小区重选、或UE需要基于切片组进行小区重选、或UE需要用于小区重选的切片组与切片的映射关系时,AMF向UE发送所述UE当前所在的跟踪区及邻近跟踪区内用于小区重选的切片组与切片的映射关系。For example, when the indication information indicates that the UE supports cell reselection based on the slice group, or the UE needs to perform cell reselection based on the slice group, or the UE needs the mapping relationship between the slice group and the slice used for cell reselection, the AMF sends the required information to the UE. Describes the mapping relationship between slice groups and slices used for cell reselection in the tracking area where the UE is currently located and adjacent tracking areas.
例如,当指示信息指示UE支持基于切片组进行随机接入、或UE需要基于切片组进行随机接入、或UE需要用于随机接入的切片组与切片的映射关系时,AMF向UE发送所述UE当前所在的跟踪区及邻近跟踪区内用于随机接入的切片组与切片的映射关系。For example, when the indication information indicates that the UE supports random access based on a slice group, or the UE needs to perform random access based on a slice group, or the UE needs a mapping relationship between a slice group and a slice for random access, the AMF sends the UE all the information. Describes the mapping relationship between slice groups and slices used for random access in the tracking area where the UE is currently located and adjacent tracking areas.
以下介绍了向UE配置用于小区重选的切片组的优先级的方法。The following describes the method of configuring the priority of the slice group for cell reselection to the UE.
由于用于小区重选的切片组是具有切片组优先级的,用于随机接入的切片组是不具有切片组优先级的,UE可以通过某一切片组是否具有切片组优先级,来确定该切片组是用于小区重选或用于随机接入。Since the slice group used for cell reselection has slice group priority, the slice group used for random access does not have slice group priority. The UE can determine whether a certain slice group has slice group priority. This slice group is used for cell reselection or random access.
配置用于小区重选的切片组优先级,与配置用于小区重选的切片组与切片的映射关系可以在一条消息中配置的,也可以是在不同消息中配置的。The priority of the slice group configured for cell reselection and the mapping relationship between the slice group and slice configured for cell reselection can be configured in one message or in different messages.
一种示例中,OAM确定用于小区重选的切片组的优先级,并通过接入网设备或者核心网设备将用于小区重选的切片组的优先级发送给UE。其中,核心网设备可以是接入管理设备(也可以称为移动管理设备、移动管理网元、接入管理网元),核心网设备例如AMF。In one example, OAM determines the priority of the slice group used for cell reselection, and sends the priority of the slice group used for cell reselection to the UE through the access network device or the core network device. The core network device may be an access management device (which may also be called a mobility management device, a mobility management network element, or an access management network element), and the core network device may be an AMF.
例如,OAM将用于小区重选的切片组的优先级配置给接入网设备,接入网设备将用于小区重选的切片组的优先级发送给UE。For example, OAM configures the priority of the slice group used for cell reselection to the access network device, and the access network device sends the priority of the slice group used for cell reselection to the UE.
再例如,OAM将用于小区重选的切片组的优先级配置给接入网设备,接入网设备将用于小区重选的切片组的优先级发送给核心网设备,核心网设备再将用于小区重选的切片组的优先级发送给UE。For another example, OAM configures the priority of the slice group used for cell reselection to the access network device, and the access network device sends the priority of the slice group used for cell reselection to the core network device, and the core network device then sends the priority of the slice group used for cell reselection to the core network device. The priority of the slice group used for cell reselection is sent to the UE.
再例如,OAM将用于小区重选的切片组的优先级配置给核心网设备,核心网设备将用于小区重选的切片组的优先级发送给接入网设备,接入网设备再将用于小区重选的切片组的优先级发送给UE。For another example, OAM configures the priority of the slice group for cell reselection to the core network device, and the core network device sends the priority of the slice group for cell reselection to the access network device, and the access network device then sends the priority of the slice group for cell reselection to the access network device. The priority of the slice group used for cell reselection is sent to the UE.
再例如,OAM将用于小区重选的切片组的优先级配置给核心网设备,核心网设备将用于小区重选的切片组的优先级发送给UE。For another example, OAM configures the priority of the slice group used for cell reselection to the core network device, and the core network device sends the priority of the slice group used for cell reselection to the UE.
另一种示例中,接入网设备确定用于小区重选的切片组的优先级,并将用于小区重选的切片组的优先级发送给UE。例如,接入网设备根据自身状态(如负载情况、载波信号质量等)确定用于小区重选的切片组的优先级,还可以基于周期或者特定阈值来更新用于小区重选的切片组的优先级。例如,接入网设备将用于小区重选的切片组的优先级直接发送给UE。再例如,接入网设备将用于小区重选的切片组的优先级发送给核心网设备,再由核心网设备将用于小区重选的切片组的优先级发送给UE。In another example, the access network device determines the priority of the slice group used for cell reselection, and sends the priority of the slice group used for cell reselection to the UE. For example, the access network device determines the priority of the slice group for cell reselection based on its own status (such as load conditions, carrier signal quality, etc.), and can also update the priority of the slice group for cell reselection based on a period or a specific threshold. priority. For example, the access network device directly sends the priority of the slice group used for cell reselection to the UE. For another example, the access network device sends the priority of the slice group used for cell reselection to the core network device, and then the core network device sends the priority of the slice group used for cell reselection to the UE.
再一种示例中,核心网设备确定用于小区重选的切片组的优先级;核心网设备将用于小区重选的切片组的优先级直接发送给UE;或核心网设备将用于小区重选的切片组的优先级发送给接入网设备,再由接入网设备发送给UE。例如,核心网设备根据接入网设备的状态(如负载情况、载波信号质量等)和/或切片的签约信息等,确定用于小区重选的切片组的优先级。In another example, the core network device determines the priority of the slice group used for cell reselection; the core network device directly sends the priority of the slice group used for cell reselection to the UE; or the core network device determines the priority of the slice group used for cell reselection. The priority of the reselected slice group is sent to the access network device, and then the access network device sends it to the UE. For example, the core network device determines the priority of the slice group for cell reselection based on the status of the access network device (such as load conditions, carrier signal quality, etc.) and/or slice subscription information.
前文介绍了本申请实施例的方法,下文中将介绍本申请实施例中的装置。方法、装置是基于同一技术构思的,由于方法、装置解决问题的原理相似,因此装置与方法的实施可 以相互参见,重复之处不再赘述。The method in the embodiment of the present application is introduced above, and the device in the embodiment of the present application will be introduced below. The method and device are conceived based on the same technology. Since the principles of problem solving by the method and device are similar, the implementation of the device and method can be For mutual reference, repeated points will not be repeated.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例,对装置进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分为各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个模块中。这些模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,具体实现时可以有另外的划分方式。Embodiments of the present application can divide the device into functional modules according to the above method examples. For example, the device can be divided into functional modules corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one module. These modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software function modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic and is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods during specific implementation.
基于与上述方法的同一技术构思,参见图14,提供了一种通信装置1400结构示意图,该装置1400可以包括:处理模块1410,可选的,还包括接收模块1420a、发送模块1420b、存储模块1430。处理模块1410可以分别与存储模块1430和接收模块1420a和发送模块1420b相连,所述存储模块1430也可以与接收模块1420a和发送模块1420b相连。Based on the same technical concept as the above method, see Figure 14, a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1400 is provided. The device 1400 may include: a processing module 1410, optionally, a receiving module 1420a, a sending module 1420b, and a storage module 1430 . The processing module 1410 can be connected to the storage module 1430, the receiving module 1420a, and the sending module 1420b respectively. The storage module 1430 can also be connected to the receiving module 1420a and the sending module 1420b.
在一种示例中,上述的接收模块1420a和发送模块1420b也可以集成在一起,定义为收发模块。In an example, the above-mentioned receiving module 1420a and sending module 1420b can also be integrated together and defined as a transceiving module.
在一种示例中,该装置1400可以为UE AS,也可以为应用于UE AS中的芯片或功能单元。该装置1400具有上述方法中UE AS的任意功能,例如,该装置1400能够执行上述图2、图3、图4和图5的方法中由UE AS执行的各个步骤。In an example, the device 1400 may be a UE AS, or may be a chip or functional unit applied in the UE AS. The device 1400 has any functions of the UE AS in the above method. For example, the device 1400 can perform various steps performed by the UE AS in the methods of FIG. 2, FIG. 3, FIG. 4 and FIG. 5.
所述接收模块1420a,可以执行上述方法实施例中UE AS执行的接收动作。The receiving module 1420a can perform the receiving action performed by the UE AS in the above method embodiment.
所述发送模块1420b,可以执行上述方法实施例中UE AS执行的发送动作。The sending module 1420b can perform the sending action performed by the UE AS in the above method embodiment.
所述处理模块1410,可以执行上述方法实施例中UE AS执行的动作中,除发送动作和接收动作外的其它动作。The processing module 1410 can perform other actions except sending actions and receiving actions among the actions performed by the UE AS in the above method embodiment.
一种示例中,所述接收模块1420a,用于在基于切片组的小区重选过程中,接收来自终端设备的非接入层UE NAS的第一信息,所述第一信息指示切片组的优先级;所述处理模块1410,用于基于所述切片组的优先级对多个频点的频点排序进行更新,更新后的频点排序用于执行所述基于切片组的小区重选过程中的频点测量和/或最佳小区评估;并基于更新后的频点排序,执行所述基于切片组的小区重选过程。In one example, the receiving module 1420a is configured to receive first information from the non-access layer UE NAS of the terminal device during the cell reselection process based on the slice group, where the first information indicates the priority of the slice group. level; the processing module 1410 is used to update the frequency ranking of multiple frequency points based on the priority of the slice group, and the updated frequency ranking is used to perform the cell reselection process based on the slice group frequency point measurement and/or best cell evaluation; and based on the updated frequency point sorting, perform the cell reselection process based on the slice group.
一种示例中,在基于更新后的频点排序,执行所述基于切片组的小区重选过程之前,所述处理模块1410,还用于中断正在执行的所述基于切片组的小区重选过程;所述处理模块1410在用于基于更新后的频点排序,执行所述基于切片组的小区重选过程时,具体用于基于更新后的频点排序,继续执行中断执行的所述基于切片组的小区重选过程。In one example, before executing the cell reselection process based on the slice group based on the updated frequency sorting, the processing module 1410 is also configured to interrupt the ongoing cell reselection process based on the slice group. ; When the processing module 1410 is used to perform the cell reselection process based on the slice group based on the updated frequency sorting, it is specifically used to continue to execute the interrupted execution based on the slice group based on the updated frequency sorting. Group cell reselection process.
一种示例中,所述处理模块1410,具体用于:正在测量第一频点、但未得到所述第一频点的测量报告,则中断测量所述第一频点;或,得到第一频点的测量报告、但未开始评估最佳小区,则中断开始评估最佳小区;或,正在评估最佳小区,则中断评估最佳小区;或,已评估出最佳小区,并正在驻留最佳小区,则中断驻留到所述最佳小区。In one example, the processing module 1410 is specifically configured to: when the first frequency point is being measured but a measurement report of the first frequency point is not obtained, interrupt the measurement of the first frequency point; or, obtain the first frequency point. Frequency measurement report, but the evaluation of the best cell has not started, then the evaluation of the best cell will be interrupted; or, if the best cell is being evaluated, the evaluation of the best cell will be interrupted; or, the best cell has been evaluated and is currently stationed there. If the mobile phone detects the best cell, it will stop camping on the best cell.
一种示例中,在中断正在执行的所述基于切片组的小区重选过程之前,所述处理模块1410,还用于确定定时器超时。In one example, before interrupting the ongoing cell reselection process based on the slice group, the processing module 1410 is further configured to determine that the timer has expired.
一种示例中,在中断正在执行的所述基于切片组的小区重选过程之前,所述接收模块1420a,还用于接收第二信息,所述第二信息指示中断正在执行的所述基于切片组的小区重选过程。In one example, before interrupting the ongoing slice group-based cell reselection process, the receiving module 1420a is further configured to receive second information, the second information indicating interrupting the ongoing slice-based cell reselection process. Group cell reselection process.
一种示例中,在基于更新后的频点排序,执行所述基于切片组的小区重选过程之前,所述处理模块1410,还用于确定更新之后的频点排序对应的多个第二频点,相较与更新之前的频点排序对应的多个第二频点发生变化;其中,所述多个第二频点包括正在测量的第 一频点及排序位于所述第一频点之后的频点。In one example, before performing the cell reselection process based on the slice group based on the updated frequency ranking, the processing module 1410 is further configured to determine a plurality of second frequencies corresponding to the updated frequency ranking. points, compared with the plurality of second frequency points corresponding to the frequency point sorting before the update, changes; wherein the plurality of second frequency points include the third frequency point being measured. A frequency point and frequency points arranged after the first frequency point.
一种示例中,在基于所述切片组的优先级对多个频点的频点排序进行更新之前,所述处理模块1410,还用于确定所述第一信息指示的所述切片组的优先级高于所述基于切片组的小区重选过程中参考的切片组的优先级。In one example, before updating the frequency ordering of multiple frequency points based on the priority of the slice group, the processing module 1410 is further configured to determine the priority of the slice group indicated by the first information. The priority level is higher than the priority of the slice group referenced in the cell reselection process based on the slice group.
在一种示例中,所述存储模块1430,可以存储UE AS执行的方法的计算机执行指令,以使处理模块1410和接收模块1420a和发送模块1420b执行上述示例中UE AS执行的方法。In one example, the storage module 1430 can store computer execution instructions for the method executed by the UE AS, so that the processing module 1410, the receiving module 1420a and the sending module 1420b execute the method executed by the UE AS in the above example.
示例的,存储模块可以包括一个或者多个存储器,存储器可以是一个或者多个设备、电路中用于存储程序或者数据的器件。存储模块可以是寄存器、缓存或者RAM等,存储模块可以和处理模块集成在一起。存储模块可以是ROM或者可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,存储模块可以与处理模块相独立。For example, the storage module may include one or more memories, and the memories may be devices used to store programs or data in one or more devices or circuits. The storage module can be a register, cache or RAM, etc., and the storage module can be integrated with the processing module. The storage module can be a ROM or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, and the storage module can be independent from the processing module.
所述收发模块可以是输入或者输出接口、管脚或者电路等。The transceiver module may be an input or output interface, a pin or a circuit, etc.
在一种示例中,该装置1400可以为UE MAC,也可以为应用于UE MAC中的芯片或功能单元。该装置1400具有上述方法中UE MAC的任意功能,例如,该装置1400能够执行上述图6、图7、图8和图9的方法中由UE MAC执行的各个步骤。In an example, the device 1400 may be a UE MAC, or may be a chip or functional unit applied in the UE MAC. The device 1400 has any functions of the UE MAC in the above method. For example, the device 1400 can perform various steps performed by the UE MAC in the methods of FIG. 6, FIG. 7, FIG. 8 and FIG. 9.
所述接收模块1420a,可以执行上述方法实施例中UE MAC执行的接收动作。The receiving module 1420a can perform the receiving action performed by the UE MAC in the above method embodiment.
所述发送模块1420b,可以执行上述方法实施例中UE MAC执行的发送动作。The sending module 1420b can perform the sending action performed by the UE MAC in the above method embodiment.
所述处理模块1410,可以执行上述方法实施例中UE MAC执行的动作中,除发送动作和接收动作外的其它动作。The processing module 1410 can perform other actions except sending actions and receiving actions among the actions performed by the UE MAC in the above method embodiment.
在一种示例中,所述存储模块1430,可以存储UE MAC执行的方法的计算机执行指令,以使处理模块1410和接收模块1420a和发送模块1420b执行上述示例中UE MAC执行的方法。In one example, the storage module 1430 can store computer execution instructions for the method executed by the UE MAC, so that the processing module 1410, the receiving module 1420a and the sending module 1420b execute the method executed by the UE MAC in the above example.
在一种示例中,该装置1400可以为目标接入网设备,也可以为应用于目标接入网设备中的芯片或功能单元。该装置1400具有上述方法中目标接入网设备的任意功能。In one example, the device 1400 may be a target access network device, or may be a chip or functional unit applied in the target access network device. The device 1400 has any functions of the target access network equipment in the above method.
所述接收模块1420a,可以执行上述方法实施例中目标接入网设备执行的接收动作。The receiving module 1420a can perform the receiving action performed by the target access network device in the above method embodiment.
所述发送模块1420b,可以执行上述方法实施例中目标接入网设备执行的发送动作。The sending module 1420b can perform the sending action performed by the target access network device in the above method embodiment.
所述处理模块1410,可以执行上述方法实施例中目标接入网设备执行的动作中,除发送动作和接收动作外的其它动作。The processing module 1410 may perform other actions except sending actions and receiving actions among the actions performed by the target access network device in the above method embodiment.
在一种示例中,所述存储模块1430,可以存储目标接入网设备执行的方法的计算机执行指令,以使处理模块1410和接收模块1420a和发送模块1420b执行上述示例中目标接入网设备执行的方法。In one example, the storage module 1430 can store computer execution instructions of the method executed by the target access network device, so that the processing module 1410, the receiving module 1420a and the sending module 1420b execute the execution of the method performed by the target access network device in the above example. Methods.
示例的,存储模块可以包括一个或者多个存储器,存储器可以是一个或者多个设备、电路中用于存储程序或者数据的器件。存储模块可以是寄存器、缓存或者RAM等,存储模块可以和处理模块集成在一起。存储模块可以是ROM或者可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,存储模块可以与处理模块相独立。For example, the storage module may include one or more memories, and the memories may be devices used to store programs or data in one or more devices or circuits. The storage module can be a register, cache or RAM, etc., and the storage module can be integrated with the processing module. The storage module can be a ROM or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, and the storage module can be independent from the processing module.
所述收发模块可以是输入或者输出接口、管脚或者电路等。The transceiver module may be an input or output interface, a pin or a circuit, etc.
作为一种可能的产品形态,装置可以由一般性的总线体系结构来实现。 As a possible product form, the device can be implemented by a general bus architecture.
如图15所示,提供了一种通信装置1500的示意性框图。As shown in Figure 15, a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1500 is provided.
该装置1500可以包括:处理器1510,可选的,还包括收发器1520、存储器1530。该收发器1520,可以用于接收程序或指令并传输至所述处理器1510,或者,该收发器1520可以用于该装置1500与其他通信设备进行通信交互,比如交互控制信令和/或业务数据等。该收发器1520可以为代码和/或数据读写收发器,或者,该收发器1520可以为处理器与收发机之间的信号传输收发器。所述处理器1510和所述存储器1530之间电耦合。The device 1500 may include a processor 1510 and, optionally, a transceiver 1520 and a memory 1530. The transceiver 1520 can be used to receive programs or instructions and transmit them to the processor 1510, or the transceiver 1520 can be used to communicate and interact with other communication devices between the device 1500, such as interactive control signaling and/or services. Data etc. The transceiver 1520 may be a code and/or data read and write transceiver, or the transceiver 1520 may be a signal transmission transceiver between a processor and a transceiver. The processor 1510 and the memory 1530 are electrically coupled.
一种示例中,该装置1500可以为UE AS,也可以为应用于UE AS中的芯片。应理解,该装置具有上述方法中UE AS的任意功能,例如,所述装置1500能够执行上述图2、图3、图4和图5的方法中由UE AS执行的各个步骤。示例的,所述存储器1530,用于存储计算机程序;所述处理器1510,可以用于调用所述存储器1530中存储的计算机程序或指令,执行上述示例中UE AS执行的方法,或者通过所述收发器1520执行上述示例中UE AS执行的方法。In an example, the device 1500 may be a UE AS, or may be a chip applied in the UE AS. It should be understood that this device has any functions of the UE AS in the above method. For example, the device 1500 can perform various steps performed by the UE AS in the above methods of Figures 2, 3, 4 and 5. As an example, the memory 1530 is used to store computer programs; the processor 1510 can be used to call the computer program or instructions stored in the memory 1530 to execute the method performed by the UE AS in the above example, or through the The transceiver 1520 performs the method performed by the UE AS in the above example.
一种示例中,该装置1500可以为UE MAC,也可以为应用于UE MAC中的芯片。应理解,该装置具有上述方法中UE MAC的任意功能,例如,所述装置1500能够执行上述图6、图7、图8和图9的方法中由UE MAC执行的各个步骤。示例的,所述存储器1530,用于存储计算机程序;所述处理器1510,可以用于调用所述存储器1530中存储的计算机程序或指令,执行上述示例中UE MAC执行的方法,或者通过所述收发器1520执行上述示例中UE MAC执行的方法。In an example, the device 1500 may be a UE MAC, or may be a chip applied in the UE MAC. It should be understood that the device has any functions of the UE MAC in the above method. For example, the device 1500 can perform various steps performed by the UE MAC in the methods of FIG. 6, FIG. 7, FIG. 8 and FIG. 9. As an example, the memory 1530 is used to store computer programs; the processor 1510 can be used to call the computer program or instructions stored in the memory 1530 to execute the method performed by the UE MAC in the above example, or through the The transceiver 1520 performs the method performed by the UE MAC in the above example.
图14中的处理模块1410可以通过所述处理器1510来实现。The processing module 1410 in Figure 14 can be implemented by the processor 1510.
图14中的接收模块1420a和发送模块1420b可以通过所述收发器1520来实现。或者,收发器1520分为接收器和发送器,接收器执行接收模块的功能,发送器执行发送模块的功能。The receiving module 1420a and the sending module 1420b in Figure 14 can be implemented by the transceiver 1520. Alternatively, the transceiver 1520 is divided into a receiver and a transmitter, the receiver performs the function of the receiving module, and the transmitter performs the function of the transmitting module.
图14中的存储模块1430可以通过所述存储器1530来实现。The storage module 1430 in Figure 14 can be implemented through the memory 1530.
作为一种可能的产品形态,装置可以由通用处理器(通用处理器也可以称为芯片或芯片系统)来实现。As a possible product form, the device can be implemented by a general-purpose processor (a general-purpose processor can also be called a chip or a chip system).
一种可能的实现方式中,实现应用于UE AS的装置或UE MAC的装置的通用处理器包括:处理电路(处理电路也可以称为处理器);可选的,还包括:与所述处理电路内部连接通信的输入输出接口、存储介质(存储介质也可以称为存储器),所述存储介质用于存储处理电路执行的指令,以执行上述示例中UE AS或UE MAC执行的方法。In a possible implementation, the general processor implemented in the device of the UE AS or the device of the UE MAC includes: a processing circuit (the processing circuit may also be called a processor); optionally, it also includes: and the processing The circuit is internally connected to an input and output interface for communication and a storage medium (the storage medium can also be called a memory). The storage medium is used to store instructions executed by the processing circuit to execute the method executed by the UE AS or UE MAC in the above example.
图14中的处理模块1410可以通过处理电路来实现。The processing module 1410 in Figure 14 can be implemented by a processing circuit.
图14中的接收模块1420a和发送模块1420b可以通过输入输出接口来实现。或者,输入输出接口分为输入接口和输出接口,输入接口执行接收模块的功能,输出接口执行发送模块的功能。The receiving module 1420a and the sending module 1420b in Figure 14 can be implemented through input and output interfaces. Alternatively, the input and output interface is divided into an input interface and an output interface. The input interface performs the function of the receiving module, and the output interface performs the function of the sending module.
图14中的存储模块1430可以通过存储介质来实现。The storage module 1430 in Figure 14 can be implemented through a storage medium.
作为一种可能的产品形态,本申请实施例的装置,还可以使用下述来实现:一个或多个FPGA(现场可编程门阵列)、PLD(可编程逻辑器件)、控制器、状态机、门逻辑、分立硬件部件、任何其它适合的电路、或者能够执行本申请通篇所描述的各种功能的电路的任意组合。As a possible product form, the device of the embodiment of the present application can also be implemented using the following: one or more FPGAs (Field Programmable Gate Arrays), PLDs (Programmable Logic Devices), controllers, state machines, gate logic, discrete hardware components, any other suitable circuit, or any combination of circuits capable of performing the various functions described throughout this application.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,存储有计算机程序,该计算机程序 被计算机执行时,可以使得所述计算机用于执行上述通信方法。或者说:所述计算机程序包括用于实现上述通信方法的指令。Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium storing a computer program. The computer program When executed by a computer, the computer can be used to execute the above communication method. In other words: the computer program includes instructions for implementing the above communication method.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品,包括:计算机程序代码,当所述计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述提供的通信方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product, which includes: computer program code. When the computer program code is run on a computer, the computer can execute the communication method provided above.
本申请实施例还提供了一种通信的系统,所述通信系统包括:执行上述通信方法的UE AS、UE NAS;或者所述通信系统包括:执行上述通信方法的UE MAC、UE上层。Embodiments of the present application also provide a communication system. The communication system includes: UE AS and UE NAS that execute the above communication method; or the communication system includes: UE MAC and UE upper layer that execute the above communication method.
另外,本申请实施例中提及的处理器可以是中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),基带处理器,基带处理器和CPU可以集成在一起,或者分开,还可以是网络处理器(network processor,NP)或者CPU和NP的组合。处理器还可以进一步包括硬件芯片或其他通用处理器。上述硬件芯片可以是专用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),可编程逻辑器件(programmable logic device,PLD)或其组合。上述PLD可以是复杂可编程逻辑器件(complex programmable logic device,CPLD),现场可编程逻辑门阵列(field-programmable gate array,FPGA),通用阵列逻辑(generic array logic,GAL)及其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等或其任意组合。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。In addition, the processor mentioned in the embodiments of this application may be a central processing unit (CPU), a baseband processor. The baseband processor and the CPU may be integrated together or separated, or may be a network processor (network processor). processor, NP) or a combination of CPU and NP. The processor may further include a hardware chip or other general-purpose processor. The above-mentioned hardware chip can be an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a programmable logic device (PLD) or a combination thereof. The above-mentioned PLD can be a complex programmable logic device (CPLD), a field-programmable gate array (FPGA), a general array logic (GAL) and other programmable logic devices , discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. or any combination thereof. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor, etc.
本申请实施例中提及的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(Programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(Static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(Dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(Synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(Double Data Rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(Enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(Synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM,DR RAM)。应注意,本申请描述的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。The memory mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memories. Among them, non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically removable memory. Erase programmable read-only memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory may be Random Access Memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache. By way of illustration, but not limitation, many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (Static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (Dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (Synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (Double Data Rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (Enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (Synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) ) and direct memory bus random access memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DR RAM). It should be noted that the memories described herein are intended to include, but are not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memories.
本申请实施例中提及的收发器中可以包括单独的发送器,和/或,单独的接收器,也可以是发送器和接收器集成一体。收发器可以在相应的处理器的指示下工作。可选的,发送器可以对应物理设备中发射机,接收器可以对应物理设备中的接收机。The transceiver mentioned in the embodiment of this application may include a separate transmitter and/or a separate receiver, or the transmitter and receiver may be integrated. The transceiver can work under the instructions of the corresponding processor. Optionally, the transmitter can correspond to the transmitter in the physical device, and the receiver can correspond to the receiver in the physical device.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例中描述的各方法步骤和单元,能够以电子硬件、计算机软件或者二者的结合来实现,为了清楚地说明硬件和软件的可互换性,在上述说明中已经按照功能一般性地描述了各实施例的步骤及组成。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。本领域普通技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the method steps and units described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented with electronic hardware, computer software, or a combination of both. In order to clearly illustrate the possible functions of hardware and software, Interchangeability, in the above description, the steps and compositions of each embodiment have been generally described according to functions. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. One of ordinary skill in the art may implement the described functionality using different methods for each specific application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另外,所显示 或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口、装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,也可以是电的,机械的或其它的形式连接。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. In addition, the displayed Or the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection discussed may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, or it may be electrical, mechanical or other forms of connection.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个移动管理设备上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本申请实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated. The components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple mobile management devices. . Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the embodiments of the present application.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以是两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, each functional unit in various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above integrated units can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional units.
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说做出贡献的部分,或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application is essentially or part of the contribution, or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium and includes several The instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of this application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code. .
本申请中的“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。本申请中所涉及的多个,是指两个或两个以上。另外,需要理解的是,在本申请的描述中,“第一”、“第二”等词汇,仅用于区分描述的目的,而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性,也不能理解为指示或暗示顺序。 "And/or" in this application describes the relationship between associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist simultaneously, and B alone exists. situation. The character "/" generally indicates that the related objects are in an "or" relationship. The plurality mentioned in this application refers to two or more than two. In addition, it should be understood that in the description of this application, words such as "first" and "second" are only used for the purpose of distinguishing the description, and cannot be understood as indicating or implying relative importance, nor can they be understood as indicating. Or suggestive order.

Claims (19)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized by including:
    在基于切片组的小区重选过程中,终端设备的接入层UE AS接收来自终端设备的非接入层UE NAS的第一信息,所述第一信息指示切片组的优先级;In the cell reselection process based on the slice group, the access layer UE AS of the terminal device receives first information from the non-access layer UE NAS of the terminal device, the first information indicating the priority of the slice group;
    所述UE AS基于所述切片组的优先级对多个频点的频点排序进行更新,更新后的频点排序用于执行所述基于切片组的小区重选过程中的频点测量和/或最佳小区评估;The UE AS updates the frequency point sorting of multiple frequency points based on the priority of the slice group. The updated frequency point sorting is used to perform frequency point measurement and/or in the cell reselection process based on the slice group. or best neighborhood assessment;
    所述UE AS基于更新后的频点排序,执行所述基于切片组的小区重选过程。The UE AS performs the cell reselection process based on the slice group based on the updated frequency sorting.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述UE AS基于更新后的频点排序,执行所述基于切片组的小区重选过程之前,还包括:The method according to claim 1, characterized in that, before the UE AS performs the cell reselection process based on the slice group based on the updated frequency sorting, it also includes:
    所述UE AS中断正在执行的所述基于切片组的小区重选过程;The UE AS interrupts the ongoing cell reselection process based on the slice group;
    所述UE AS基于更新后的频点排序,执行所述基于切片组的小区重选过程,包括:The UE AS performs the cell reselection process based on the slice group based on the updated frequency point sorting, including:
    所述UE AS基于更新后的频点排序,继续执行中断执行的所述基于切片组的小区重选过程。The UE AS continues to execute the interrupted cell reselection process based on the slice group based on the updated frequency point sorting.
  3. 如权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述UE AS中断正在执行的所述基于切片组的小区重选过程,包括:The method of claim 2, wherein the UE AS interrupts the ongoing cell reselection process based on the slice group, including:
    所述UE AS正在测量第一频点、但未得到所述第一频点的测量报告,则所述UE AS中断测量所述第一频点;或,The UE AS is measuring the first frequency point but does not obtain the measurement report of the first frequency point, then the UE AS stops measuring the first frequency point; or,
    所述UE AS得到第一频点的测量报告、但未开始评估最佳小区,则所述UE AS中断开始评估最佳小区;或,If the UE AS obtains the measurement report of the first frequency point but does not start to evaluate the best cell, then the UE AS interrupts and starts to evaluate the best cell; or,
    所述UE AS正在评估最佳小区,则所述UE AS中断评估最佳小区;或,The UE AS is evaluating the best cell, then the UE AS stops evaluating the best cell; or,
    所述UE AS已评估出最佳小区,并正在驻留最佳小区,则所述UE AS中断驻留到所述最佳小区。If the UE AS has evaluated the best cell and is camping on the best cell, the UE AS will stop camping on the best cell.
  4. 如权利要求2或3所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述UE AS中断正在执行的所述基于切片组的小区重选过程之前,还包括:The method according to claim 2 or 3, characterized in that, before the UE AS interrupts the ongoing cell reselection process based on the slice group, it further includes:
    所述UE AS确定定时器超时。The UE AS determines that the timer has expired.
  5. 如权利要求2或3所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述UE AS中断正在执行的所述基于切片组的小区重选过程之前,还包括:The method according to claim 2 or 3, characterized in that, before the UE AS interrupts the ongoing cell reselection process based on the slice group, it further includes:
    所述UE AS接收第二信息,所述第二信息指示中断正在执行的所述基于切片组的小区重选过程。The UE AS receives second information, and the second information indicates to interrupt the ongoing cell reselection process based on the slice group.
  6. 如权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述UE AS基于更新后的频点排序,执行所述基于切片组的小区重选过程之前,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, characterized in that, before the UE AS performs the cell reselection process based on the slice group based on the updated frequency point sorting, it also includes:
    所述UE AS确定更新之后的频点排序对应的多个第二频点,相较与更新之前的频点排序对应的多个第二频点发生变化;其中,所述多个第二频点包括正在测量的第一频点及排序位于所述第一频点之后的频点。The UE AS determines that the plurality of second frequency points corresponding to the frequency point sorting after the update have changed compared with the plurality of second frequency points corresponding to the frequency point sorting before the update; wherein, the plurality of second frequency points It includes the first frequency point being measured and the frequency points arranged after the first frequency point.
  7. 如权利要求1-6任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述UE AS基于所述切片组的优先级对多个频点的频点排序进行更新之前,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, characterized in that, before the UE AS updates the frequency ranking of multiple frequency points based on the priority of the slice group, it also includes:
    所述UE AS确定所述第一信息指示的所述切片组的优先级高于所述基于切片组的小区重选过程中参考的切片组的优先级。The UE AS determines that the priority of the slice group indicated by the first information is higher than the priority of the slice group referenced in the cell reselection process based on the slice group.
  8. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括: A communication device, characterized by including:
    接收模块,用于在基于切片组的小区重选过程中,接收来自终端设备的非接入层UE NAS的第一信息,所述第一信息指示切片组的优先级;A receiving module configured to receive first information from the non-access layer UE NAS of the terminal device during the cell reselection process based on the slice group, where the first information indicates the priority of the slice group;
    处理模块,用于基于所述切片组的优先级对多个频点的频点排序进行更新,更新后的频点排序用于执行所述基于切片组的小区重选过程中的频点测量和/或最佳小区评估;并基于更新后的频点排序,执行所述基于切片组的小区重选过程。A processing module configured to update the frequency ranking of multiple frequency points based on the priority of the slice group. The updated frequency ranking is used to perform frequency point measurement and calculation in the cell reselection process based on the slice group. /or best cell evaluation; and based on the updated frequency point ranking, perform the cell reselection process based on the slice group.
  9. 如权利要求8所述的装置,其特征在于,在基于更新后的频点排序,执行所述基于切片组的小区重选过程之前,所述处理模块,还用于中断正在执行的所述基于切片组的小区重选过程;The apparatus according to claim 8, wherein before executing the cell reselection process based on the slice group based on the updated frequency point sorting, the processing module is further configured to interrupt the currently executing cell reselection process based on the slice group. Cell reselection process for slice groups;
    所述处理模块,在用于基于更新后的频点排序,执行所述基于切片组的小区重选过程时,具体用于基于更新后的频点排序,继续执行中断执行的所述基于切片组的小区重选过程。The processing module, when used to perform the cell reselection process based on the slice group based on the updated frequency sorting, is specifically used to continue executing the interrupted execution based on the slice group based on the updated frequency sorting. cell reselection process.
  10. 如权利要求9所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理模块,具体用于:The device according to claim 9, characterized in that the processing module is specifically used for:
    正在测量第一频点、但未得到所述第一频点的测量报告,则中断测量所述第一频点;或,If the first frequency point is being measured but the measurement report of the first frequency point is not obtained, then the measurement of the first frequency point is interrupted; or,
    得到第一频点的测量报告、但未开始评估最佳小区,则中断开始评估最佳小区;或,If the measurement report of the first frequency point is obtained but the evaluation of the best cell has not started, the evaluation of the best cell will be interrupted; or,
    正在评估最佳小区,则中断评估最佳小区;或,If the best cell is being evaluated, stop evaluating the best cell; or,
    已评估出最佳小区,并正在驻留最佳小区,则中断驻留到所述最佳小区。The best cell has been evaluated and is camping on the best cell, then camping on the best cell is interrupted.
  11. 如权利要求9或10所述的装置,其特征在于,在中断正在执行的所述基于切片组的小区重选过程之前,所述处理模块,还用于确定定时器超时。The apparatus according to claim 9 or 10, characterized in that, before interrupting the ongoing cell reselection process based on the slice group, the processing module is further configured to determine that the timer has expired.
  12. 如权利要求10或11所述的装置,其特征在于,在中断正在执行的所述基于切片组的小区重选过程之前,所述接收模块,还用于接收第二信息,所述第二信息指示中断正在执行的所述基于切片组的小区重选过程。The device according to claim 10 or 11, characterized in that, before interrupting the ongoing cell reselection process based on the slice group, the receiving module is further configured to receive second information, and the second information Indicates to interrupt the ongoing cell reselection process based on the slice group.
  13. 如权利要求8-12任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,在基于更新后的频点排序,执行所述基于切片组的小区重选过程之前,所述处理模块,还用于确定更新之后的频点排序对应的多个第二频点,相较与更新之前的频点排序对应的多个第二频点发生变化;其中,所述多个第二频点包括正在测量的第一频点及排序位于所述第一频点之后的频点。The device according to any one of claims 8 to 12, characterized in that, before executing the cell reselection process based on the slice group based on the updated frequency point sorting, the processing module is also used to determine the updated The plurality of second frequency points corresponding to the subsequent frequency point sorting have changed compared with the plurality of second frequency points corresponding to the frequency point sorting before the update; wherein the plurality of second frequency points include the first frequency point being measured. The frequency points and the frequency points arranged after the first frequency point.
  14. 如权利要求8-13任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,在基于所述切片组的优先级对多个频点的频点排序进行更新之前,所述处理模块,还用于确定所述第一信息指示的所述切片组的优先级高于所述基于切片组的小区重选过程中参考的切片组的优先级。The device according to any one of claims 8 to 13, characterized in that, before updating the frequency ranking of multiple frequency points based on the priority of the slice group, the processing module is also used to determine the The priority of the slice group indicated by the first information is higher than the priority of the slice group referenced in the cell reselection process based on the slice group.
  15. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合;A communication device, characterized by comprising a processor coupled to a memory;
    所述存储器,用于存储计算机程序或指令;The memory is used to store computer programs or instructions;
    所述处理器,用于执行所述存储器中的部分或者全部计算机程序或指令,当所述部分或者全部计算机程序或指令被执行时,用于实现如权利要求1-7任一项所述的方法。The processor is used to execute part or all of the computer programs or instructions in the memory. When the part or all of the computer programs or instructions are executed, it is used to implement the method described in any one of claims 1-7. method.
  16. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器和存储器;A communication device, characterized by including a processor and a memory;
    所述存储器,用于存储计算机程序或指令;The memory is used to store computer programs or instructions;
    所述处理器,用于执行所述存储器中的部分或者全部计算机程序或指令,当所述部分或者全部计算机程序或指令被执行时,用于实现如权利要求1-7任一项所述的方法。The processor is used to execute part or all of the computer programs or instructions in the memory. When the part or all of the computer programs or instructions are executed, it is used to implement the method described in any one of claims 1-7. method.
  17. 一种芯片系统,其特征在于,所述芯片系统包括:处理电路;所述处理电路与存储介质耦合;A chip system, characterized in that the chip system includes: a processing circuit; the processing circuit is coupled to a storage medium;
    所述处理电路,用于执行所述存储介质中的部分或者全部计算机程序或指令,当所述 部分或者全部计算机程序或指令被执行时,用于实现如权利要求1-7任一项所述的方法。The processing circuit is used to execute part or all of the computer programs or instructions in the storage medium. When the When part or all of the computer program or instructions are executed, they are used to implement the method according to any one of claims 1-7.
  18. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,用于存储计算机程序,所述计算机程序包括用于实现权利要求1-7任一项所述的方法的指令。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that it is used to store a computer program, and the computer program includes instructions for implementing the method according to any one of claims 1-7.
  19. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,所述计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当所述计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如权利要求1-7任一项所述的方法。 A computer program product, characterized in that the computer program product includes: computer program code, which when the computer program code is run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-7.
PCT/CN2023/090002 2022-04-24 2023-04-23 Communication method and apparatus WO2023207825A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210435762.9 2022-04-24
CN202210435762 2022-04-24
CN202210623168.2 2022-06-01
CN202210623168.2A CN116996903A (en) 2022-04-24 2022-06-01 Communication method and device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023207825A1 true WO2023207825A1 (en) 2023-11-02

Family

ID=88517670

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/090002 WO2023207825A1 (en) 2022-04-24 2023-04-23 Communication method and apparatus

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2023207825A1 (en)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111386727A (en) * 2020-01-20 2020-07-07 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Cell reselection method, cell reselection device, information transmission method, information transmission device, communication equipment and storage medium
WO2021093173A1 (en) * 2020-01-20 2021-05-20 Zte Corporation Method for slice specific information
CN113016210A (en) * 2020-08-06 2021-06-22 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Cell determination method and cell determination device
US20210345203A1 (en) * 2020-04-30 2021-11-04 Apple Inc. De-prioritizing lte anchor cell based on nr cell measurements
WO2022027166A1 (en) * 2020-08-03 2022-02-10 Zte Corporation Cell configuration schemes in wireless communications
CN116017592A (en) * 2021-10-22 2023-04-25 华为技术有限公司 Cell reselection method and device

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111386727A (en) * 2020-01-20 2020-07-07 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Cell reselection method, cell reselection device, information transmission method, information transmission device, communication equipment and storage medium
WO2021093173A1 (en) * 2020-01-20 2021-05-20 Zte Corporation Method for slice specific information
US20210345203A1 (en) * 2020-04-30 2021-11-04 Apple Inc. De-prioritizing lte anchor cell based on nr cell measurements
WO2022027166A1 (en) * 2020-08-03 2022-02-10 Zte Corporation Cell configuration schemes in wireless communications
CN113016210A (en) * 2020-08-06 2021-06-22 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Cell determination method and cell determination device
CN116017592A (en) * 2021-10-22 2023-04-25 华为技术有限公司 Cell reselection method and device

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
CMCC: "Discussion on slice based cell reselection", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-2106224, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG2, no. Electronic Meeting; 20210519 - 20210527, 11 May 2021 (2021-05-11), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP052007582 *

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7131873B2 (en) Communication method and communication device
EP3570574A1 (en) Method and device for accessing target cell
AU2017213508A1 (en) A wireless device, and methods therein for handling a device-to-device (d2d) communication during handover in a wireless telecommunications network
JP6095846B2 (en) Mobility optimization method, user device, and access network device
JP2021522750A (en) Communication method and communication device
KR102340706B1 (en) Handover method, terminal and network-side device
WO2020221223A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus and system
WO2018024136A1 (en) Random access method and terminal
US20200029180A1 (en) Method, device and system for broadcasting system information
US20210360517A1 (en) Method and Apparatus for Obtaining System Information
JP2018527817A (en) Inter-device communication method, device, and system
CN114205883A (en) Network slice remapping method, device and storage medium
US20170374562A1 (en) Method and apparatus for constructing multi-cell network in mobile communication system
EP4185029A1 (en) Information processing method, terminal device, and network device
US20230049532A1 (en) Random access method and terminal device
WO2023207825A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
KR20190085819A (en) Method and apparatus for selecting carrier in wireless communication system
CN113271609A (en) Communication method and device
WO2024045858A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2024051584A1 (en) Configuration method and apparatus
CN116996903A (en) Communication method and device
WO2023109857A1 (en) Method for configuring dynamic cell set, and communication apparatus
WO2024032797A1 (en) Signal quality measurement method, terminal device, network device, and storage medium
US10979943B2 (en) Method and device for acquiring terminal context
WO2022237439A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23795258

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1